Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Entertainment / The Marcus Corporation / FY2016 Annual Report

The Marcus Corporation
Annual Report 2016

MCS · NYSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker MCS
Exchange NYSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Entertainment
Employees 2907
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · The Marcus Corporation
Loading PDF…
M

c

C

a

r

t

h

y

&

S

t

o

n

e

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

6

w

w

w

.

m

c

c

a

r

t

h

y

a

n

d

s

t

o

n

e

g

r

o

u

p

.

c

o

.

u

k

Annual Report and 
Accounts 2016

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lewsey Court, Tetbury

The UK’s leading 
retirement 
housebuilder

McCarthy & Stone is the UK’s leading 
retirement housebuilder with a c.70%1 
share of the owner-occupied market. 

We buy land, secure detailed planning 
consent and then build, sell and manage 
high-quality retirement developments. We 
have sold over 51,000 apartments across 
more than 1,100 locations since 1977.

1  Based on 3,453 registration of cross-tenure properties specifically designed for the 
elderly with the NHBC during calendar year 2015, of which 2,672 were registered by 
McCarthy & Stone.

Front cover, clockwise from top left:  
The Limes (Murrayfield); Heron Place (Kidlington).

Centenary Place, Southend-on-Sea

 
Financial Highlights – in FY16

Underlying profit before tax (PBT)1

 Revenue1

£105.0m

FY15: £88.4m

+31%

 FY16: £635.9m
 FY15: £485.7m

 Legal completions

  Land bank (plots)

2,2992

 FY15: 1,923

10,186

 FY15: 10,087

 Return on capital employed

Year end net cash1

20%

 FY15: 20%

£52.8m

FY15: net debt £44.4m 

Highlights

Five Star rating for customer 
satisfaction from the HBF3 
for the 11th consecutive year, 
underpinning our commitment 
to quality and customer service. 

Rejoined the Main Market of 
the London Stock Exchange 
following our successful  
Initial Public Offering (IPO)  
in November 2015.

McCarthy & Stone plc    01

Contents
Strategic Report 
01  Highlights
02  Our Business
06  Our Customers
08  Chairman’s Statement
10  Our Portfolio
12   Our Products
20  Business Model
22  Chief Executive’s Review
27 
28  Our Market
30  Our Strategy
32  Key Performance Indicators
34  Operating Review
38  Risk Management
40  Principal Risks and Uncertainties
42  Financial Review
44  Corporate Social Responsibility

Investment Case

Corporate Governance
50  Board of Directors
52  Corporate Governance
54  Nominations Committee Report
56  Risk and Audit Committee Report
58  Directors’ Remuneration Report
78  Directors’ Report
80  Statement of Directors’ 

Responsibilities

Financial Statements
81 

Independent Auditor’s Report to the 
Members of McCarthy & Stone plc

86  Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income
87  Consolidated Statement of  

Financial Position

88  Consolidated Statement of  

Changes in Equity

89  Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
90  Notes to the Consolidated Financial 

Statements

113  Parent Company Statement of 

Financial Position

114  Parent Company Statement of 

Changes in Equity

115  Parent Company Cash Flow Statement
116  Notes to the Parent Company Financial 

Statements

120  General Company Information
122  Glossary

 See pages 32–33 for details regarding KPIs.
1 
Includes three commercial units.
2 
3  See page 122 for glossary of terms.

The Limes, Murrayfield

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201602    McCarthy & Stone plc

Our Business

The UK’s leading retirement 
housebuilder

1   Glasgow (Scotland)
2   Altrincham (North West) (New)
3   York (North East)
4   Coventry (West Midlands)
5   Kettering (East Midlands) (New)
6   Hatfield (North London)
7   Woking (South East)
8   Ringwood (Southern)
9   Bournemouth (Corporate Centre)
10 Taunton (South West) (New)

1

3

2

4

5

6

7

10

8

9

Carrick Court, Drayton

Our values:

At McCarthy & Stone we work together  
to enrich the lives of our customers.
We are determined to build a culture 
of excellence among our employees, 
recognising achievements and opportunities 
for development throughout the business.

See pages 44–49

Our regional focus
In September 2015, we launched  
three new regions in the South West, 
East Midlands and North West to 
support our growth plans and improve 
our coverage of local markets. We  
now have nine profitable regional offices, 
with experienced and high-quality 
management teams in place.

c.70%1

Clear market leader with c.70% share  
of the owner-occupied retirement market

1  Based on 3,453 registrations of cross-tenure 

properties specifically designed for the elderly 
with the NHBC during calendar year 2015, of 
which 2,672 were registered by McCarthy & Stone.

51,000+ 

Apartments sold

FTSE 250

Rejoined the London Stock Exchange in 
November 2015. Entered into the FTSE 250  
in March 2016

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    03

Recognition and awards

We’re proud that our role in enriching 
lives has been recognised with a 
number of awards in FY16, including:

•  Customer satisfaction: Five Star 
award for the 11th year running
•  NHBC Pride in the Job: Ten site 

managers received Quality awards
•  National Housing for Older People 
awards: Two developments were 
noted as the best examples of 
retirement housing. Rockhaven 
Court, Horwich, won Gold  
and Queen Elizabeth Court,  
Kirkby Lonsdale, won Bronze  
in their categories

•  Housebuilder awards: Best 

Retirement Scheme, Scarlet Oak, 
Solihull

•  NHBC Health & Safety awards: 
Five site managers received 
commendations (c.8% of the total 
awards made). Paul Gethin, our 
site manager in Shrewsbury, was 
also highly commended

•  Considerate Constructors awards: 

Silver winner, Midhurst

•  Building Safety Group (BSG):  
2015 Member of the Year

•  98.7% average score achieved in 
FY16 against the BSG’s ‘generally 
complies’ criteria

•  Sunday Times Grant Thornton Top 
Track 2015: Named in the top 250 
list of leading UK companies

Bewick Grange, Harrogate

Our driving ambition is to enrich the lives  
of our homeowners

We are pleased that this ambition has 
been recognised with a Five Star award 
for customer satisfaction in surveys 
undertaken with our homeowners by the 
Home Builders Federation (HBF) and the 
National House Building Council (NHBC). 
We are the only UK housebuilder, of 
any size or type, to win this award for 
11 years running, each year since it was 
established in 2005.

Results of our Building Companionship 
survey undertaken in the year, in 
partnership with the cross-party 
think tank Demos, showed our 
homeowners have a much higher 
sense of companionship than the 
over 55s in general housing. 

Group overview
We are the UK’s leading retirement 
housebuilder and have sold over  
51,000 apartments across more than 
1,100 developments since 1977. 

We buy land, secure detailed  
planning consent and then build,  
sell and manage high-quality and  
well-located retirement developments. 

Operating in a distinct sector of 
the UK housebuilding market, we 
offer owner-occupied apartments 
specifically designed around the 
needs of older customers. 

Our mission – enriching lives 
Our driving ambition is to enrich the lives 
of our homeowners and employees. 
We aim to provide the very best housing 
and services that meet the needs of 
those in later life, we put our customers 
at the heart of everything we do.

FTSE 250

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201604    McCarthy & Stone plc

Our Business continued

Operating in an exceptional 
growth market

We have three core 

products that deliver 
outstanding quality and 
are tailored to the needs 
of our customers. 

Clive Fenton
Chief Executive Officer

Kenton Lodge, Gosforth

FY16 unit completions 
by product 

FY16 sites released for sale 
by product 

0,000

0,000

0,000

0,000

0,000

0,000

0,000

0,000

74%1

Of all future household growth 
in England will come from 
those aged 65 or older

●
●
●

66% Retirement Living
30% Assisted Living
4% Ortus Homes

●
●
●

77% Retirement Living
16% Assisted Living
7% Ortus Homes

c.50%2

Growth in number of those 
aged 65 and over by 2035

1  The Department for Committees and Local 
Government (DCLG) projections (July 2016).

2  ONS Population Projections (2014).

Annual Report and Accounts 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
McCarthy & Stone plc    05

Our core products  
and services

Retirement Living

Independence with peace of mind
•  Minimum age 60
•  Average age at purchase 79
•  Typical number of apartments per site 30–50
•  FY16 completions 1,511
•  Land bank 62% (6,303 units)
•  Enhanced platinum specification developments also available

See pages 12–13

Assisted Living

A retirement apartment you own with flexible care and support
•  Minimum age 70
•  Average age at purchase 83
•  Typical number of apartments per site 40–60
•  FY16 completions 697
•  Land bank 30% (3,094 units)
•  Enhanced platinum specification developments also available

See pages 14–15

Ortus Homes

Downsize for the leisure years
•  Minimum age 55
•  Average age at purchase 73
•  Typical number of apartments per site 20–40
•  FY16 completions 88
•  Land bank 8% (789 units)

See pages 16–17

Management Services

Our new developments are run by our 
in-house management teams who 
provide unique lifestyle benefits and aim 
to improve the lives of our homeowners. 
They manage all aspects of property 
maintenance and provide a range of 
care and support services.

See pages 18–19

Our House Managers and Estate 
Management teams look after our 
homeowners and their developments, 
helping to provide peace of mind, 
security and companionship.

From top:  
Sanderson Court, Hagley;  
Kings Place, Fleet; 
The Pines, Alloway; and 
lunch service at Kenton Lodge, Gosforth.

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201606    McCarthy & Stone plc

Our Customers

Exceptional standards

of customer satisfaction

The needs of our customers 
underpin everything we do, 
from the land we buy, to 
the developments we build 
and the way we manage.

Our customers want to retain private 
ownership and independence, but are 
also looking for a little more support, 
whether in terms of someone to manage 
the maintenance of their property 
or provide more hands-on care. 

We are the only national housebuilder 
to build exclusively for those in later 
life, and this gives us an unparalleled 
understanding of our market.

We provide safe, attractive, aspirational 
and well-located housing for 
homeowners that helps our customers 
live their later years to the full. We want 
them to be happier, healthier, more 
active, and ultimately to enrich their lives. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2016 
McCarthy & Stone plc    07

90%+1

Of our customers would 
recommend us to a friend

80

Average customer age 
at purchase across  
all developments

5

Average miles moved

I’ve lived in the area for most of my life and 
followed the progress of the development from 
the beginning. I decided that it was the right 
time to downsize and as soon as I stepped 
through the door, I just knew that Lyle Court 
was for me – it felt right.

Marjorie Crawford, who in November 2015 bought our 50,000th apartment 
and moved into Lyle Court, our Assisted Living development, in Edinburgh.

1  Based on the HBF 2016 customer satisfaction survey.

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201608    McCarthy & Stone plc

Chairman’s Statement

Robust growth delivered in  
our first year of trading as  
a public company

The Group delivered 
record revenue, together 
with robust growth in 
completions, reservations 
and profits in its first  
year of trading as a  
public company.

John White
Group Non-Executive Chairman

I am pleased to present our first set of 
results since rejoining the London Stock 
Exchange in November 2015. The Group 
delivered record revenue, together 
with robust growth in completions, 
reservations and profits, in its first year 
of trading as a public company and 
continues to capitalise on the attractive 
demographic opportunity and structural 
shortage of supply of retirement housing 
in the UK. Revenue increased by 31% 
to a record £635.9m (FY15: £485.7m) 
and legal completions are now at 
their highest level for nine years. 

Market conditions
Market conditions were favourable for the 
first nine months of the year and during 
this period we achieved strong growth in 
our reservations. However, as previously 
indicated, there was evidence of some 
weakness in the secondary housing 
market immediately following the EU 
Referendum result. Our strong balance 
sheet and experienced management 
team enabled us to show considerable 
flexibility and resilience in response to 
these market developments – we acted 
quickly to close out completion chains 
and adopted a more measured approach 
with respect to land investment. This, 
together with the net proceeds from the 
IPO of £78.5m, enabled us to improve 
significantly our cash position year-on-
year to £52.8m of net cash (FY15: £44.4m 
net debt) and maximise cash available 
for reinvestment, demonstrating that we 
are able to respond quickly and flexibly 
to preserve our financial strength when 
external market conditions require. 

Since the year end, we have experienced 
a return to more normal trading 
conditions. Our reservation rates, visitor 
numbers and sales leads from new 
enquiries have all been running at levels 
in excess of last year and our forward 
order book1 including legal completions 
is now ahead of the prior year and stands 
at c.£250m at 12 November 2016 (FY15: 
£241m) assisted by three additional 
sales releases (FY16: 13, FY15: ten).

The investment made in our three new 
regions and additional operational 

infrastructure to create the platform 
for delivering our strategic growth plan 
is now showing benefit, with all nine 
regions delivering profit this year. In 
addition, our continuing focus on our 
three strategic initiatives has allowed 
us to deliver further improvement in 
our capital turn to 1.2x (FY15: 1.0x).

We have been encouraged by a recent 
indication from the Government that 
they are beginning to look beyond the 
first time buyer when considering their 
policy options, with housing for older 
people identified as the only ‘critical’ 
housing need in the Government’s 2015 
National Planning Practice Guidance. 
Retirement housing improves well-being, 
releases under-occupied and much-
needed family-sized homes and is highly 
sustainable. The provision of apartments 
specifically designed to meet the needs 
of the retirement market is an essential 
part of the UK housing output and the 
housing needs of this age group should 
now become a priority for Government. 

We believe that there are a number 
of policy options available to the 
Government to encourage and assist 
those wishing to move to more suitable 
retirement housing. On 21 October, we 
wrote to the Chancellor of the Exchequer 
to request that he considers a reduction 
in Stamp Duty for homeowners looking 
to downsize. We firmly believe this 
would be a highly effective incentive 
that would help people to move, provide 
a much-needed stimulus to the wider 
housing market by freeing up large 
family-sized homes for those lower down 
the housing chain, and could result in a 
net revenue increase for the Treasury of 
some £740m per year through increased 
Stamp Duty receipts from the additional 
housing chains created as a result.

1  Forward order book includes legal completions 

between 1 September 2016 and 12 November 2016 
and reservations as at 12 November 2016. Forward 
order book as at 31 August 2016 included revenue 
after cash discounts, PX top-ups and other 
incentives. Forward order book as at 12 November 
2016 included revenue after cash discounts and 
PX top-ups. Other incentives amounted to £5m 
(FY15: £3m).

Annual Report and Accounts 2016 
McCarthy & Stone plc    09

Dividend
The Directors are proposing a final 
dividend of 3.5 pence per share in 
accordance with previous guidance.  
This follows the (pro-rata) interim 
dividend of 1.0 pence per share, giving  
a total dividend for the year of 4.5 pence. 
This remains in line with our dividend 
policy as stated at the time of our IPO, 
which targets a pay-out of c.30% of 
profit after tax excluding certain 
exceptional items.

Board and executive team
We experienced some natural Board 
evolution this year as a result of our 
IPO. In November 2015, our National 
Operations Director, John Tonkiss 
was appointed to the Board. John 
joined McCarthy & Stone in February 
2014 and has been instrumental in 
driving our key strategic initiatives 
within our core processes and 
continues to oversee this work at 
Board level. His previous experience 
includes a number of years as Chief 
Operating Officer at Unite plc, the UK’s 
leading student housing provider.

Prior to the Group’s IPO in November 
2015, Nils Albert resigned from his 
role as a Nominee Director on the 
Board, representing the Group’s 
then largest shareholder.

We will shortly see the departure of 
Nick Maddock, our Chief Financial 
Officer, whose resignation will take 
effect in Q1 of the 2017 calendar 
year. We are extremely grateful to 
Nick for his significant contribution 
to the Board over the past five years. 
He has played an important role in 
recapitalising the Group, delivering 
our growth strategy and preparing us 
for our successful return to the Main 
Market of the London Stock Exchange 
in November 2015. The process to 
appoint Nick’s successor is now under 
way and a further announcement on 
this will be made in due course. 

In addition to this, there was a further 
change within our executive leadership 
team, which we announced on 4 July 

Kings Place, Fleet

2016. Mike Jennings, Operations 
Director South, left McCarthy & Stone 
on 31 August after 19 years with the 
Group. Mike’s duties as an Operations 
Director transferred to John Tonkiss 
from 1 September 2016, with his 
other responsibilities being spread 
across other existing members of 
the executive leadership team. 

McCarthy & Stone has a strong platform 
in place to deliver its planned growth. 
We have an experienced management 
team and the necessary operational 
capability, a high-quality land bank with 
attractive margins, a strong balance 
sheet and continued strength of brand to 
support the achievement of our medium-
term strategic objective of building and 
selling more than 3,000 units per annum. 

The market for retirement housing 
remains highly attractive. With research 
by the Department for Communities 
and Local Government (DCLG) now 
recognising that around 74% of 
household growth in the UK to 2039 
is expected to come from those aged 
65 and over2, McCarthy & Stone 
remains uniquely placed to capitalise 
on this unprecedented demographic 
opportunity in which demand continues 
to exceed supply. The Group has made 

£635.9m

Revenue FY15: £485.7m

+31%

Revenue

great progress towards achieving 
its strategic objective this year and 
my thanks go to all employees, the 
management team and my fellow 
Board members for the significant 
contribution they have made.

John White
Group Non-Executive Chairman
14 November 2016

2  The Department for Communities and Local 
Government (DCLG) projections (July 2016).

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201610    McCarthy & Stone plc

Our Portfolio

Oakfield Court, Urmston

  Currently selling

National scale

meeting local needs

Hillborough House, Bexhill-on-Sea

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    11

We are the UK’s leading retirement housebuilder, with a 
nationwide operation. Over the past 12 months, three new 
regional offices have been established, bringing our total to 
nine. We enjoy close links with the local communities in which 
we operate and have in-depth experience and understanding 
of local housing needs and planning requirements.

Examples of our current portfolio:

Kingswood Court, Sidcup, London 
•  Retirement Living
•  49 apartments
•  Opened February 2016
•  100% reserved off-plan

Blyton House, Bourne End, 
Buckinghamshire 
•  Retirement Living (Platinum)
•  25 apartments 
•  Opened July 2016
•  100% reserved off-plan

Wykeham Court, Wickham, 
Hampshire 
•  Retirement Living (Platinum) 
•  31 apartments 
•  Opened January 2016
•  58% reserved off-plan

Bluebell Court, Tettenhall, 
Wolverhampton
•  Retirement Living
•  22 apartments
•  Opened November 2015
•  73% reserved off-plan

Wardington Court, Northampton
•  Assisted Living
•  56 apartments
•  Opened May 2016
•  61% reserved off-plan

Bewick Grange, 
Harrogate, Yorkshire
•  Ortus Homes
•  33 apartments 
•  Opened October 2015
•  85% reserved off-plan

Lawn Court,  
Harwood, Bolton 
•  Retirement Living
•  28 apartments
•  Opened June 2016
•  61% reserved off-plan

William Page Court, Staple Hill, 
Bristol
•  Retirement Living
•  43 apartments
•  Opened June 2016
•  63% reserved off-plan

The Sycamores,  
Kinross, Scotland 
•  Retirement Living
•  33 apartments
•  Opened February 2016
•  58% reserved off-plan 

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201612    McCarthy & Stone plc

Our Products

Retirement Living

Independence with 
peace of mind

Retirement Living provides  
high-quality owner-occupied 
apartments exclusively for those 
aged 60 and above, offering 
homeowners independence  
with peace of mind. 

Apartments typically feature one or two 
bedrooms, spacious lounges, fitted 
kitchens, lifts to all floors, level access, 
extra storage, en-suite bathrooms and 

Heron Place, Kidlington

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    13

49

New Retirement Living  
developments sales 
released in FY16

1,511

Units sold in FY16

62%

Of land bank

Heron Place, Kidlington

Our site-based House Managers provide 
help and assistance for homeowners 
and are responsible for the day-to-
day running of each development. 

Since January 2015, the Group has 
also provided Platinum Retirement 
Living developments in a select 
number of locations throughout the 
UK. These can include enhanced 
internal and external specifications, 
such as an exclusive club lounge.

often private outside space in the form 
of balconies, terraces or patios. To 
cater for the needs of our homeowners, 
ovens and plug sockets are raised 
to waist height and bathrooms are 
equipped with slip-resistant flooring 
and lever taps for easier operation.

Apartments have a camera door entry 
system and a 24-hour emergency call 
system with an emergency pendant 
alarm system. Developments also 
feature a large amount of communal 
space, including a shared lounge, guest 
suites to accommodate visiting family 
and friends, and landscaped grounds.

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201614    McCarthy & Stone plc

Our Products

Assisted Living 

A retirement apartment you own 
with flexible care and support

Assisted Living is designed 
exclusively for customers 
aged 70 and over, offering 
a retirement apartment 
with management services, 
domestic assistance, personal 
care and additional support. 

It is an attractive alternative for people 
seeking support, or the option of 
seeking further support, but who wish to 
retain independent home ownership and 

Liberty House, Raynes Park

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    15

10

New Assisted Living  
developments sales 
released in FY16

697

Units sold in FY16

30%

Of land bank

Liberty House, Raynes Park

are not yet ready to move into residential 
care. The Group is the only national 
housing provider offering an Assisted 
Living product with these characteristics.

Developments are similar to Retirement 
Living but have a number of additional 
features. They have been designed 
to increase accessibility and ease 
of living for the later years. Facilities 
typically include a full table-service 
restaurant with meals prepared 
freshly on-site, a function room and 
secure mobility scooter store room.

Our Estate Management team is 
on-site 24 hours a day, 365 days 
a year, and each development has 
a dedicated Estate Manager who 
manages the development. 

Since January 2015, the Group has 
also provided Platinum Assisted Living 
developments in a select number 
of desirable locations throughout 
the UK where premium pricing can 
be achieved. These offer enhanced 
internal and external specifications.

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201616    McCarthy & Stone plc

Our Products

Ortus Homes

Downsize for the leisure years

Ortus Homes is our newest 
product for customers aged 55 
and over looking to downsize 
for their leisure years. 

We launched Ortus Homes in October 
2014 to expand our product range and 
capture a wider share of the market 
by appealing to more active retirees. 

Ortus Homes is designed for people 
looking to downsize into high-quality, 
well-located and low-maintenance 
apartments. Developments typically 
have fewer, but larger, apartments 
than our other core products, with 

Shore House, Swanage

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    17

Shore House, Swanage

5

New Ortus Homes  
developments sales 
released in FY16

88

Units sold in FY16

8%

Of land bank

Continued  
product 
innovation

higher car parking ratios. They are 
intelligently and attractively designed 
to future-proof later living.

Features are incorporated discreetly 
to achieve an ageless design and 
developments typically feature an 
enhanced lobby area and an open-plan 
feel. Each apartment has a fully fitted 
kitchen and master bedroom with an  
en-suite bathroom and walk-in wardrobe.

As homeowners tend to be more 
independent, Ortus Homes 
developments have a visiting manager 
who is on call and regularly on-site. 

This service is provided by our 
in-house management services 
company. As age exclusivity is less 
of a focus, these developments 
emphasise security and lifestyle, as 
well as privacy and personal space.

Our first Ortus Homes development 
at Scarlet Oak in Solihull won the Best 
Retirement Scheme at the annual 
Housebuilder Awards in November 2015.

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201618    McCarthy & Stone plc

Our Products

Management Services

Ongoing support for 
our customers

Our in-house management 
services team provides 
homeowners with peace  
of mind that we will look 
after them and their 
properties over the long 
term. It is a key part of how 
we seek to enrich our 
customers’ lives. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    19

 264

Total number of 
managed developments

200 Retirement Living
55 Assisted Living
9 Ortus Homes

 11,072

Total number of apartments
7,755 Retirement Living
3,130 Assisted Living
187 Ortus Homes 

 12,000+

Over 12,000 homeowners 
as at 31 August 2016

Providing our own management 
services allows us to establish a 
unique relationship with our customers, 
providing personal and efficient services 
that not only help them, but also 
support the point of sale and allow us 
to deliver industry-leading standards 
of customer satisfaction. It links 
together our expertise in housebuilding 
and property management.

McCarthy & Stone Management 
Services (MSMS) provides management 
services in the Group’s Retirement Living 
and Ortus Homes developments. Each 
Retirement Living development typically 
has a dedicated House Manager on-site 
five days a week during working hours 
managing the day-to-day running of 

the development while also helping 
to facilitate various social activities. 
Each Ortus Homes development has 
a visiting manager who is in charge of 
all aspects of property maintenance.

YourLife Management Services 
(YLMS) is owned 50/50 by MSMS 
and Somerset Care Group, a leading 
not-for-profit care provider. It provides 
management services, domestic 
assistance, catering, personal care 
and additional support in our Assisted 
Living developments. Developments 
are run by an Estate Manager and 
a team of staff members on each 
development to deliver these services, 
24 hours a day, 365 days a year.

Within  
Assisted Living 
developments:
•  c.12,300 hours of 

domestic assistance 
provided per month
•  c.8,400 hours of care 

and additional support 
provided per month
•  c.43,200 meals for 

homeowners provided 
per month

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201620    McCarthy & Stone plc

Business Model

The Group has a proven business model of buying land, securing 
detailed planning consent and then building, selling and managing 
high-quality developments across the UK that are specifically 
designed to meet the lifestyle needs of retirees.

Our customers

Design

A distinct and growing  
customer base

•  Target customer age: over 60s 

in Retirement Living, over 70s in 
Assisted Living and over 55s in 
Ortus Homes

•  Older owner-occupiers who are 
keen to downsize into attractive 
and secure housing with shared 
benefits and companionship

•  Those who wish to maintain 
their independence with 
support on hand if and 
when required

•  Addressing undersupply of 

homes dedicated to the needs 
of older customers

Apartments specifically 
designed around the 
needs of older customers

Land and planning

A tailored approach to 
land and planning

Build

Repeatable build 
processes

Sales and marketing

Marketing proposition  
and sales approach 
tailored to our customers

Management

A specialised 
management services 
offering

Higher density than traditional housebuilding

Developments built to Lifetime Homes Standards or above, for lasting quality

Solely apartments with an average of 41 units per development

Lower parking ratios due to lower car ownership, given the average age of our homeowners and the 

central location of our properties

of our customers

Ongoing innovation with apartment types and designs to address the changing needs and aspirations 

Sites are well located within towns and cities, and are typically 0.5 to 3.0 acres in size

Less competition for our sites from traditional housebuilders, who tend to be interested in larger, usually 

greenfield, locations

Limited on-site affordable housing requirements and mitigated impact of Section 106 and Community 

Infrastructure Levy payments

Experienced, specialist in-house planning team

Optimisation of development density through reduced on-site parking and amenity space requirements 

Majority of materials purchased using national framework agreements, leveraging the Group’s 

nationwide buying power

Standard designs and short build cycles give the Group good visibility over build costs and allow 

favourable terms with suppliers and contractors to be negotiated

39 years’ experience in designing and building apartments in a way to increase accessibility and ease 

of living for the later years

High-quality product which captures a significant new build premium

Homeowners buy their apartment plus access to shared areas, management and support services, 

delivering unique lifestyle benefits

Priced to attract older people wishing to downsize and release equity

Experienced sales and marketing teams who understand how to sell to this customer base

MSMS, a subsidiary company, delivers management services in new Retirement Living and  

Ortus Homes developments

A flexible personal care and support service in Assisted Living developments is provided by  

YLMS, which is owned 50/50 by MSMS and Somerset Care Group, a large and experienced  

not-for-profit care provider

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    21

Higher density than traditional housebuilding

Developments built to Lifetime Homes Standards or above, for lasting quality

Solely apartments with an average of 41 units per development

Lower parking ratios due to lower car ownership, given the average age of our homeowners and the 
central location of our properties

Ongoing innovation with apartment types and designs to address the changing needs and aspirations 
of our customers

Sites are well located within towns and cities, and are typically 0.5 to 3.0 acres in size

Less competition for our sites from traditional housebuilders, who tend to be interested in larger, usually 
greenfield, locations

Limited on-site affordable housing requirements and mitigated impact of Section 106 and Community 
Infrastructure Levy payments

Experienced, specialist in-house planning team

Optimisation of development density through reduced on-site parking and amenity space requirements 

Majority of materials purchased using national framework agreements, leveraging the Group’s 
nationwide buying power

Standard designs and short build cycles give the Group good visibility over build costs and allow 
favourable terms with suppliers and contractors to be negotiated

39 years’ experience in designing and building apartments in a way to increase accessibility and ease 
of living for the later years

High-quality product which captures a significant new build premium

Homeowners buy their apartment plus access to shared areas, management and support services, 
delivering unique lifestyle benefits

Priced to attract older people wishing to downsize and release equity

Experienced sales and marketing teams who understand how to sell to this customer base

MSMS, a subsidiary company, delivers management services in new Retirement Living and  
Ortus Homes developments

A flexible personal care and support service in Assisted Living developments is provided by  
YLMS, which is owned 50/50 by MSMS and Somerset Care Group, a large and experienced  
not-for-profit care provider

Design

Apartments specifically 

designed around the 

needs of older customers

Land and planning

A tailored approach to 

land and planning

Build

Repeatable build 

processes

Sales and marketing

Marketing proposition  

and sales approach 

tailored to our customers

Management

A specialised 

management services 

offering

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201622    McCarthy & Stone plc

Chief Executive’s Review

Operational review

Our strategy

Increased 
investment

Sales growth

Continued  
product 
innovation

Operational 
efficiency

Focus on 
performance

Our Strategy
See pages 30–31

Our results
The Group has delivered strong growth 
in its first year since rejoining the Main 
Market of the London Stock Exchange. 
Revenues increased by 31% to a 
record £635.9m (FY15: £485.7m) driven 
by an increase in legal completion 
volumes to 2,299 (FY15: 1,923) and an 
increase in net average selling price. 
This led to a robust increase in our 
underlying pre-tax profits of 19% to 
£105.0m (FY15: £88.4m). Under our 
experienced management team, our 
legal completions have now increased 
by more than 50% since 2013 and 
we have made significant progress 
towards delivering our medium-term 
objective of doubling the size of the 
business by building and selling 
more than 3,000 units per annum.

We opened 64 new sales outlets during 
the year (FY15: 51), which contributed 
to a year-on-year increase of 10% in 
our net reservations. This enabled 
us to deliver a 20% increase in legal 
completions to 2,299 (FY15: 1,923).

Our net average selling price increased 
by 8% to £259k during the year (FY15: 
£239k), reflecting further improvement 
in the quality and location of the 
developments we are now bringing to 
market, together with a small element 
of house price inflation. We saw 
modest house price inflation for the 
first nine months of the year, together 
with continuing discipline around 
incentives, which ensured that they 
remained at a similar overall level to 
last year despite the additional help we 
provided to our customers in July and 
August in order to close out completion 
chains following the EU Referendum.

In addition to our financial and 
operational progress, we also 
successfully rejoined the Main Market 
of the London Stock Exchange in 
November 2015. This took a huge 
amount of preparation, energy and 
focus from all involved and I am very 
proud to have led the Group through 
this significant milestone. With the 
appropriate capital structure now in 
place, we have the opportunity to 
focus on our operational performance 
and delivery of our planned growth 
over the medium and long term.

Investment and growth strategy
We continue to pursue our strategy 
of creating an efficient and scalable 
business, capable of building and selling 
more than 3,000 units per annum over 
the medium-term. There is significant 
demand for our product and we are 
confident that we have put in place all 
the necessary elements that will enable 
us to achieve our planned growth. We 
have a respected brand with nearly 
40 years of experience, a high-quality 
land bank, a strong balance sheet 
with a robust capital structure and the 
necessary organisational capability and 
platform in order to grow our business. 
Our experienced management team 
is focused on achieving this goal.

Market demand
The structural imbalance between supply 
and demand within the housing market 
continues to provide us with exceptional 
market opportunity. Despite the recent 
growth in housebuilding activity, there 
remains a significant and growing 
shortage of housing supply in the UK. 
This imbalance is particularly acute in 
the market for retirement housing, and 
McCarthy & Stone stands alone among 
the national housebuilders as the only 
one that focuses entirely on this market.

During almost four decades as the 
retirement housing market leader, 
the Group has formulated a tailored 
approach to sales, site acquisition, 
design, securing detailed planning 
consents and construction that 
mainstream housebuilders have been 
unable to replicate. We also ensure 
that our customers receive the highest 
standards of ongoing support through 
our management services offering. The 
barriers to entry in our market ensure 
that we maintain a unique position 
as the only housebuilder capable 
of meeting the nationwide need for 
high-quality specialist housing for the 
growing number of older people who 
are looking to move to properties more 
suited to their needs and lifestyle.

Outlook and current trading
The Group delivered strong growth this 
year notwithstanding some impact from 
the economic and political uncertainty 
following the EU Referendum result in 
June. We experienced some weakness 
in the secondary housing market in July 
and August and, whilst we continued 

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    23

Rejoining the Stock Exchange
We were delighted to rejoin the Main Market of the London Stock 
Exchange following our successful IPO in November 2015. The 
public listing has helped us to put in place a long-term, sustainable 
and stable ownership structure and allowed a number of investors,  
as well as our employees, to take a stake in our business and  
share in the benefits of our success. We were also pleased to  
be readmitted to the FTSE 250 following its quarterly review in  
March 2016.

to take new reservations, these were 
at a lower level than we saw in the first 
nine months of the financial year and 
with a higher level of cancellations. This 
led to the Group carrying a forward 
order book1 of c.£114m into the new 
financial year, which was lower than the 
previous financial year (FY15: £131m). 
However, over the first ten weeks of 
the new financial year, reservations 
have been stronger and cancellation 
rates have returned to more normal 
levels. Sales leads from new enquiries 
have increased and first time visitors 
to our developments have also been 
ahead of the prior year. We have seen 
a 13% improvement in our weekly net 
reservation rate since 1 September 
compared to the same period last 
year, assisted by three additional 
sales releases (FY16: 13, FY15: ten). 
Consequently, the Group’s forward 
order book1 including legal completions 
since 1 September is now ahead of the 
prior year and stands at c.£250m as 
at 12 November 2016 (FY15: £241m).

This provides continued evidence of 
improving customer sentiment and a 
return to normal trading conditions. 
We will continue to monitor market 
conditions and consumer confidence 
closely as negotiations between the 
UK Government and the EU progress. 

While there will be some impact on 
our growth in 2017, particularly in 
H1, primarily resulting from a lower 
forward order book brought into the 
year following the EU Referendum 
and a more measured approach 
to land negotiation, we have seen 
evidence of improved customer 
sentiment and a return to normal 
trading conditions. With the necessary 
operational infrastructure and quality 
land bank in place, our confidence in 
achieving our medium-term objective 
of building and selling 3,000 units 
per annum remains unchanged. 

Land bank
In total, c.£500m was invested in land 
and build during the period. We added  
a further 65 high-quality sites with 
attractive embedded margins into the 
land bank (FY15: 90), equivalent to 
c.2,614 additional plots (FY15: 3,520), 
with terms agreed on a further c.1,700 
plots (FY15: c.486 plots). 

At the year end, our land bank stood 
at 10,186 plots, equivalent to 4.4 years’ 
supply, of which 2.5 years had detailed 
planning consent. As a result, the Group 
now has sufficient land under control 
to deliver all targeted sales to FY19.

We delivered 60 detailed planning 
consents (FY15: 56) and started build 
on 42 additional sites (FY15: 70). We 
now have sufficient detailed planning 
consents in place to deliver all targeted 
sales to FY18 and continue to make 
progress towards the target of £2.5bn 
investment in land and build over 
the four financial years to FY19.

The market for land remains remarkably 
benign and competition for our 
typical brownfield sites remains highly 
fragmented. As a result of this, we were 
able to increase our minimum hurdle 
rates for land purchases during the 
year in order to maintain operational 
focus and discipline and maximise 
our potential returns. All of our land 
investment, regardless of product 
or location, is assessed against the 
same hurdle rates and is required to 
be approved by our Group Investment 
Committee, ensuring a disciplined 
approach to investment. In light of the 

1  Forward order book includes legal completions 

between 1 September 2016 and 12 November 2016 
and reservations as at 12 November 2016. Forward 
order book as at 31 August 2016 included revenue 
after cash discounts, PX top-ups and other 
incentives. Forward order book as at 12 November 
2016 included revenue after cash discounts and 
PX top-ups. Other incentives amounted to £5m 
(FY15: £3m).

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201624    McCarthy & Stone plc

Chief Executive’s Review continued

into our three key strategic initiatives: 
improving sales rates, reducing time 
taken between securing land and 
starting build and implementing 
build programme efficiencies.

Sales initiative
The sales initiative, launched in FY15,  
sets out consistently to deliver off-plan 
reservations of 50% or more, by the date 
of first occupation and then to sell out all 
remaining apartments within an average 
12-month period.

In order to support the sales force 
and enable them to achieve these 
targets, new sales toolkits have been 
implemented within all regions. We have 
also developed a clearer definition of 
our best customer prospects to assist 
the focus of local marketing, introduced 
a partnership with a third-party contact 
centre and launched a new online 
visitor booking system to provide a 
more consistent customer experience.

We have successfully delivered our 
strategic target for off-plan reservations 
this year, with 50% reserved off-plan 
from the 69 sites that first occupied 
in FY16. A number of sites achieved 
significantly more than this, for example 
Bourne End and Sidcup which both sold 
100% off-plan. A further nine sites sold 
more than 80% of apartments off-plan. 
It is particularly pleasing that we have 
been able to achieve these accelerated 
sales rates while improving pricing. 

recent economic uncertainty, we have 
been more measured in our approach 
to land investment but we continue 
to acquire sites in good locations 
at attractive margins to ensure that 
we can support future growth.

Operational infrastructure  
and capability
To support this increased investment 
and the roll-out of our land bank, we 
now have a total of nine regional offices, 
three of which opened at the start 
of the financial year and one during 
the previous financial year. Our North 
London region, which was the first 
of our new regions to be established 
in FY15, took occupations at eight 
developments this year and had an 
extremely successful year for sales. 
This region is now selling from ten sites 
and has a further 31 sites at various 
stages of its development pipeline.

In addition, our newer regional offices 
established on 1 September 2015, in the 
South West, East Midlands and North 
West, are now fully operational. They 
have high-calibre senior management 
teams in place, combining McCarthy 
& Stone experience with volume 
mainstream housebuilder operational 
expertise. The establishment of 
these new regional offices has been 
accelerated by the roll-out of standard 
processes and systems and the 
transfer of workflow from existing 
regional offices. During the year, these 
three regional offices acquired 21 new 
development sites (881 plots), with 
terms agreed on a further nine sites 
(372 plots). The establishment of these 
new regional offices completes the 
platform required to deliver our planned 
operational growth to build and sell 
more than 3,000 units per annum.

Strategic initiatives
Our continued focus on achieving 
operational excellence by accelerating 
our working capital cycle has allowed 
us to deliver further improvement in 
our capital turn which now stands at 
1.2x for the year ended 31 August 
2016 (FY15: 1.0x). In achieving this, we 
have put significant management effort 

Broadfield Court, Prestwich

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    25

achievement, we have implemented 
a new information management 
system that allows us to achieve 
greater consistency across product 
specifications and standards. This 
enables our teams and partners to work 
more effectively together throughout the 
development’s life cycle and provides 
technical assurance and compliance. 
We are also extending the use of 3D 
modelling to streamline the development 
process further and improve the 
accuracy of build cost estimates.

Build initiative
The build initiative, launched in FY15, 
has driven improvements to the build 
process to accelerate build timescales, 
reduce build costs, enhance margins 
and mitigate the impact of build cost 
inflation. This includes the roll-out of 
a new framework of critical controls 
designed to ensure that we maintain 
a robust, risk-based approach to 
managing build programmes and 
budgets. The initiative is also targeting 
margin improvements through 
improved procurement, a more 
structured approach to supplier 
partnership and value engineering 
of individual developments.

This initiative has delivered a c.3-week 
time saving from build start to first 
occupation and has identified savings 
to the value of £3.3m in relation to 
materials used, including more than 
double the amount of rebates collected 
in the prior year. An additional c.£12m 
of cost reductions have also been 
identified which are expected to benefit 
the Group over the next four years.

2  Excluding sites put on hold for either commercial  
or complex planning reasons (FY15: seven sites, 
FY16: six sites).

In addition to this, we have also made 
good progress towards our target of 
selling out all developments within 
a 12-month period and achieved a 
significant reduction in the average 
number of months taken to sell out 
our developments this year. This 
average now stands at 18 months 
for all sites sold out during FY16.

Development initiative 
Our development initiative, also launched 
in FY15, aims to reduce the time taken 
between securing land and build start. 
This has involved the implementation 
of a number of process improvements 
with particular focus on the planning 
process and increased standardisation. 
This is enabling the business to bring 
forward profitable developments, 

accelerate its growth plans and improve 
its capital turn. The initiative has now 
been fully rolled out across all regions 
and is beginning to produce results. 

Our target for reducing the time taken 
between securing land and starting build 
is 16 months for standard sites achieving 
a first-time detailed planning consent. 
In FY15, we took an average of c.23 
months to complete this process and we 
have been working hard to improve this. 
During FY16, we improved this overall 
average to c.19 months2 and, for the 15 
out of our 42 build starts which were 
developed fully under this initiative from 
the outset, I am pleased to report that 
our average development time across 
these sites has beaten our strategic 
target of 16 months. In addition to this 

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201626    McCarthy & Stone plc

Chief Executive’s Review continued

Our product ranges
Our two primary product ranges, 
Retirement Living and Assisted Living, 
are well established and continue 
to be our core focus. We are also 
progressing well with our third product, 
Ortus Homes, which we launched 
in late 2014. This newer product is 
exclusively for the over 55s and those 
in the earlier stages of retirement 
who are seeking to downsize for their 
leisure years. We now have a total of 
36 Ortus Homes developments in the 
pipeline, representing approximately 
8% of our land bank sites. This product 
is expected to generate completions 
over the medium-term at comparable 
margins to those generated from our 
established Retirement Living and 
Assisted Living product ranges.

This new range presents an exciting 
opportunity for the future, helping us 
to capture a wider share of the active 
retiree market for whom the traditional 
concept of retirement housing has not 
been appropriate. Our first Ortus Homes 
development, at Scarlet Oak in Solihull, 
reserved out within a year of opening 
and also won the Best Retirement 
Scheme at the annual Housebuilder 
Awards in November 2015. In addition, 
we were pleased that Ramsay Grange 
and Lyle Court, our combined Assisted 
Living and Ortus Homes development 
in Barnton, Edinburgh, was also 
voted Best Retirement Scheme at the 
same awards in November 2016.

Our management services business 
continued its rapid growth, adding 
68 new developments to its portfolio, 
which now includes 264 managed 
developments. Providing our own 
management services allows us to 
establish a unique relationship with 
our customers, providing personal and 
efficient services that not only help 
them, but also support the point of sale, 
and allow us to deliver industry-leading 
standards of customer satisfaction. 

Our customers
I am pleased to report that we have, once 
again, achieved the full Five Star rating in 
the HBF customer satisfaction survey this 
year. This marks the 11th consecutive 
year in which more than 90% of our 
customers have said that they would be 
prepared to recommend us to a friend. 
We are the only housebuilder of any size 
or type to win this award every year since 
it was introduced in 2005 and we are one 
of only three major housebuilders to have 
retained the top rating this year. This 
sustained recognition by our customers 
of the quality of product we deliver is a 
strong endorsement of our continued 
desire to design, build, sell and manage 
the very best retirement developments. 
In this regard, we were pleased to win a 
further award at the annual Housebuilder 
Awards in November 2016, where we 
picked up Best Customer Satisfaction 
Initiative for our approach to ensuring that 
we deliver a five-star service for our 
homeowners. 

Our employees
The growth delivered this year would 
not have been possible without the 
dedication, enthusiasm and expertise of 
our people. We are building a culture of 
excellence that provides opportunities 
for development and recognises 
achievements by regularly celebrating 
those employees who go the extra mile 
for a customer or colleague through 
our instant, quarterly and annual PRIDE 
awards, I am also delighted to report that, 
in our most recent employee survey, 89% 
of our employees confirmed that they are 
proud to work for McCarthy & Stone.

During FY16, ten of the Group’s site 
managers were awarded NHBC Pride 
in the Job Awards. These awards are 
amongst the industry’s most prestigious 
awards and are an excellent reflection 
of the quality of our construction staff.

Our recent Admission to the Main 
Market of the London Stock Exchange 
has provided an opportunity to enable 
our employees to share in our medium-
term success through the introduction 
of employee share plans. We have 
introduced a long-term incentive plan 
for Executive Directors and 61 senior 
managers and an all-employee save 
as you earn (SAYE) scheme and share 
incentive plan (SIP). We were delighted 
by the initial 64% of payroll employees 
who took up the SAYE scheme launched 
in December 2015, providing a powerful 
confirmation of the commitment and 
dedication of our staff to the future 
success of McCarthy & Stone.

Health and safety
I am pleased to report that we have 
continued to make good progress with 
developing a culture of excellence in 
health and safety across the Group. 
Our vision is not just to achieve health 
and safety compliance but to lead our 
sector with a robust and consistent 
safety culture across our organisation. 
Our internal monitoring regime is 
supported by a rigorous, independent 
site inspection programme including 
regular reporting updates to the Board.

During FY16, we received five NHBC 
health and safety commendations, 
with one site going on to receive 
a highly commended award.

Strategic delivery
We have started the new financial 
year with a high-quality land bank, 
a strengthening forward order book, 
a strong net cash position and an 
experienced management team in place. 
We also have the necessary regional 
infrastructure and strength of brand that 
ensures that we are uniquely placed to 
capitalise on the significant demographic 
opportunity available to us. We remain 
on track to deliver our medium-term 
strategic objective of building and selling 
more than 3,000 units per annum. 

Clive Fenton
Group Chief Executive Officer
14 November 2016

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    27

Investment Case

An experienced housebuilder with 
clear differentiation

We are in an unparalleled position to provide investors with access to a rapidly 
growing demographic and a company with unique competitive strengths.

We are the UK’s leading retirement housebuilder

We have a distinct business model

•  Largest developer of privately-owned retirement  
property in the UK with a c.70% market share1 
•  Only retirement housebuilder with coverage in all  

UK mainland regions

•  Focus entirely on retirement housing, a high-margin 

business with distinct low-risk characteristics

•  Differentiated business processes with competitive 

advantages in an industry marked by barriers to entry

•  Experienced management team with deep sector 

•  Tailored business model that targets different sites from 

and financial expertise

mainstream housebuilders

•  Awarded Five Star customer satisfaction rating 

for a record 11 consecutive years  

•  Over 39 years, the Group has sold over 51,000 apartments 

See ‘Business Model’ pages 20–21

We operate in an exceptional growth market with 
positive demographics

We have a strong financial position and 
high-quality land bank

•  Customer base is the fastest growing demographic 

•  Strong financial track record with robust balance sheet

in the UK

•  Almost one in four of those aged 65 or over are keen 

to move to purpose-built retirement properties2

•  Structural undersupply of retirement housing, set within 
the context of considerable undersupply of general 
housing in the UK

•  Almost three-quarters of all household growth to 2039 

will come from over 65s3

See ‘Our Market’ pages 28–29

•  All planning consents in place to deliver targeted sales  

to FY18

•  Enough land under control to be a 3,000 unit per 

annum business 

•  Robust margins and identified operational efficiencies 
to deliver improved return on capital employed (ROCE) 
over the medium-term

See ‘Operating Review’ pages 34–37

1  Based on 3,453 registrations of cross-tenure properties specifically designed for the elderly with the NHBC during calendar year 2015, of which 2,672 were registered  

by McCarthy & Stone.

2  YouGov Research for McCarthy & Stone in June 2015, published in Retirement Confidence Index (2016).
3  The Department for Communities and Local Government (DCLG) projections (July 2016).

Our market positioning

Ortus 
Homes

Downsize for the 
leisure years

Retirement 
Living
Independence with 
peace of mind

Generalist 
housebuilders

Lack intellectual  
capital and  
appetite

Assisted 
Living
A retirement  
apartment you  
own with flexible care 
and support

Residential 
full-time 
nursing/ 
care homes
Fundamentally  
different 
business model

Retirement village 
market

Not prevalent in the UK

Other retirement 
housebuilders

Lack scale, national coverage 
and more limited access  
to financing

Rental market

UK predominantly an  
owner-occupied market

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201628    McCarthy & Stone plc

Our Market

A pressing need  
for more retirement 
housing

The rate of demographic change presents an 
unprecedented opportunity to increase the 
supply of retirement housing in the UK.

Projected UK population of over 65s (m)1

2035

2015

17.2

11.6

Projected UK population of over 85s (m)1 

2035

2015

1.5

3.2

Residents at Hillborough House,  
Bexhill-on-Sea

The UK’s population is ageing rapidly. 
Those aged 85 or over are expected to 
double between 2015 and 2035, and 
those aged 65 or over are expected to 
increase by almost 50%.1 Households 
headed by someone aged 65 or over 
in England are projected to increase 
by 155,000 per year, and will account 
for almost three-quarters (74%) of 
total household growth to 2039.2

Rates of home ownership are also 
highest among older people. More 
than three-quarters of households 
(76%) where the oldest person is 
aged 55 or over own their own home 
either with a mortgage or outright. 
This is compared to around half 
(53%) of younger households.3

The growth in the number of older 
people, and their high rate of home 
ownership, means there is a pressing 
need for more owner-occupied 
retirement housing. More than one 
in three people aged 65 and over 
(36%) are likely to move in the future 
if something suitable is available, 
and almost a quarter (24%) are keen 
to move to purpose-built retirement 
properties, equivalent to c.3m people.4

Despite increasing demand for more 
suitable housing, few older people 
currently move. The UK has one of the 
lowest moving rates among its older 
population compared to other developed 
countries, and this suggests strong 
pent-up demand. 

One of the main reasons for the low rate 
of moving among older people is the 
lack of suitable alternatives, reflecting a 
long-term structural undersupply of 
retirement housing. Only c.141,000  
units of retirement housing for 
homeowners have ever been built.5

This indicates potential for strong 
growth in this market. Savills suggests 
that a build target of 18,000 retirement 
units each year would be appropriate 
in future6, while Knight Frank 
suggests 30,000 units per annum.7

This is set within the wider context 
of a general undersupply of all types 
of housing. The UK built 152,520 
new homes in 2014/158, short of the 
200,000–300,0009 homes needed each 
year to meet demand. In addition, the UK 
has delivered over 200,000 new homes 
in just four out of the last 14 years.10 
Increasing supply of retirement housing 
could make a sizeable contribution 
to reaching this national objective. 

Growing Government support 
The importance of this part of the market 
is now recognised as being fundamental 
to UK housing policy. Housing for older 
people has become the only ‘critical’ 
housing need in the Government’s 2015 
National Planning Practice Guidance. 
For the first time, it states that local 
authorities need to consider the size, 
location and quality of dwellings needed 
for older people in order to allow them to 
move to more suitable accommodation, 
and that supporting independent living 
can help to reduce the costs to health 
and social services, as well as free up 
houses that are under-occupied.11

Similar policies also now exist in 
Scotland and London, with the Greater 
London Authority’s London Plan, 
adopted in March 2015, stating that 
older Londoners require 3,600 to 4,200 
new specialist retirement units per 
annum over the period 2015 to 2025.13 

As a result, the planning system is 
becoming increasingly favourable for 
retirement housing, and this should have 
a positive impact on future provision 
given the increasing demand for this 
form of accommodation. 

1  ONS – population projections (2014).
2  DCLG projections (July 2016).
3  The DCLG, English Housing Survey, 2014/15.
4  YouGov Research for McCarthy & Stone in  

June 2016, published in Retirement Confidence 
Index (2016).

5 

Independent data provided by Elderly 
Accommodation Counsel (April 2016).

6  Savills Housing: An ageing population (2015).
7  Knight Frank, Retirement Housing (2016) –  

‘Million new homes’.

8  The DCLG, live table 209 – permanent dwellings 

completed by tenure and country (2016).

10  CBI Housing for Britain (2014).
11  National Planning Practice Guidance for England 

(2015).

12  Estimated using average values of homes and 

average adult household size from Understanding 
Society Wave 5 (2013/14) – excluding top 1% and 
bottom 1%. Applied to ONS population estimates.

9  BBC News (2016).

13  The London Plan, 2016.

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    29

c.70%14

Share of owner-
occupied market

Barriers to entry for new starters
Despite growing demand, there are significant barriers to 
entry to the sector. None of the principal publicly-listed 
housebuilders currently operate within the specialist 
retirement sector, and none of the smaller retirement 
operators have national coverage.

The lack of competition is a result of the challenges of 
operating sustainably in this sector. These challenges 
include understanding the needs of a unique customer 
base as well as difficulties with funding, design, achieving 
scale (with the efficiencies and brand recognition this 
entails), and acquiring suitable land and detailed planning 
consent. This market is a unique sector and the failure of 
any other mainstream national housebuilder to penetrate  
it successfully illustrates the high level of intellectual capital 
required to deliver a sustainable proposition. 

As a result, we retain our c.70%14 share of the UK owner-
occupied retirement market.

141,0005

Units of retirement 
housing for homeowners 
have ever been built

£1.34tn12

Approximate housing 
wealth of those aged 65 
or over in the UK

1 in 34

People aged 65 or over (36%) 
would consider moving  
in the future if something  
suitable is available

Bewick Grange, Harrogate

14  Based on 3,453 registrations of cross-tenure 

properties specifically designed for the elderly  
with the NHBC during calendar year 2015, of  
which 2,672 were registered by McCarthy & Stone.

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201630    McCarthy & Stone plc

Our Strategy

Our strategy is to create an 
efficient and scalable business 
capable of building and selling 
more than 3,000 units per 
annum over the medium-term. 

In support of this strategy we are 
increasing investment in our pipeline 
of high-quality land, developing our 
product to meet the changing needs 
of our customers, building an 
operational platform and driving 

operational efficiencies. This enables us 
to target top-quartile sector margins and 
returns on capital over the medium term.

Strategic priority

Medium-term targets

Measure/KPI

FY15

FY16

Progress in FY16

Priorities for FY17

Increased 
investment

£2.5bn investment in land and build 
over four years to FY19 to support 
growth and capture a larger share of 
the retiree market

Cash investment in land and build (£bn)

£0.4bn

£0.5bn

Cash spend on target to achieve strategic objective

£2.5bn investment in  
land and build by FY19

Land bank (units)

10,087 
units

10,186 
units

Land bank now represents 4.4 years’ supply

Sufficient land with detailed planning to deliver all targeted sales to FY18 and sufficient land 

where possible

under control to deliver all targeted sales to FY19

Sites acquired 

90 sites

65 sites

Sales 
growth

Sell more than 3,000 units  
per annum

Legal completions (units)

1,923 
units

2,299 
units

Sell more than 3,000 units 
per annum by FY19 at a 
net ASP of c.£300k

Net average selling price (ASP)

£239k

£259k

Continued 
product 
innovation

Meet our customers’  
changing needs and expand  
our customer base

Retain Five Star HBF 
customer satisfaction 
rating

Grow Ortus Homes to 
c.10% of annual legal 
completions

Revenue (£m)

£485.7m £635.9m

Industry-leading growth of 31% resulting in a record level of revenue achieved this year

Customer satisfaction rating

5 star

5 star

Five Star HBF customer satisfaction rating retained for 11th consecutive year

Successfully increased capacity and capability of our management services business to 

ensure that we can meet the needs of customers at all new developments. Volume of 

developments managed increased from 196 to 264

Ortus Homes legal completions  
(% of total completions)

1%

4%

Ortus Homes now represents c.8% of land bank 

Five new Ortus Homes developments released for sale in FY16 (FY15: three)

Fewer sites acquired this year due to more measured approach to land acquisition in light of 

market uncertainty in Q4

healthy land pipeline

Terms agreed on a further 42 sites (c.1,700 plots) (FY15: 11 sites, 486 plots) ensuring a 

20% increase in legal completions this year in line with strategic objective 

Three new regional offices with quality management teams now in place providing a 

platform for our growth plans

8% increase in net ASP in line with strategic objective reflecting the quality and location of 

new developments and sustained incentives control

Operational 
efficiency
Create an even more efficient  
and scalable business to  
support planned investment  
and targeted growth

Improve capital turn in 
order to maximise ROCE 
(25% ROCE target)

Capital turn (x)

1.0x

1.2x

50% off-plan sales achieved with two developments reserving 100% off-plan and a further 

Sales initiative 

nine at over 80%

Good progress towards our target to sell out our developments within an average of 12 months 

of first occupation, with an average 18 months to sell out for all sites sold out during FY16

sell out

 – Continue to improve off-plan sales rates 

and target further reductions in time to  

Development initiative  

Reduction in average time from land exchange to build start from c.23 months in FY15 to 

c.19 months in FY16 (standard sites only)

All sites fully developed within this new initiative have been within our 16-month target

Build initiative  

c.3-week time saving achieved from build start to first occupation

Build savings of c.£12m identified which will benefit the Group over the four years to FY19. 

Collection of rebates has more than doubled since prior year

Focus on 
performance

Target top-quartile sector  
margins and returns on capital

Improve underlying 
operating profit margin,  
targeting top-quartile 
sector margins

Target improved  
ROCE (25% target)

Underlying operating profit (£m)

£95.3m

£107.2m

12% increase achieved driven by increased completion volumes

Underlying operating profit margin (%)

20%

17%

3ppt decrease due to additional investment in new regions and additional incentives offered 

to customers to close out completion chains in Q4

ROCE (%)

20%

20%

experienced during the year

Sustained capital discipline enabled 20% ROCE to be maintained despite margin challenges 

focus on cash management

Net debt/(cash) (£m)

£44.4m

(£52.8m)

Significant improvement in cash position due to more measured approach to land and build 

investment in Q4 and IPO proceeds

 – Continue to target high-quality land in  

the best possible locations in accordance 

with our strict site purchase criteria, 

maintaining contract conditionality  

 – Land acquisition volumes to be targeted in 

support of our growth strategy to build 

and sell more than 3,000 units per annum 

over the medium-term

 – Target land and build spend of c.£0.5bn

 – Continue to develop capacity and 

capability of our regional teams to  

enable growth

 – Continue to grow completion volumes  

and optimise pricing

 – Retain Five Star HBF customer 

satisfaction rating

 – Continue to increase capacity and 

capability of management services 

business in order to keep pace with growth 

in new developments

 – Grow Ortus Homes to c.10% of land bank

 – Continued innovation in our core products 

and platinum range ensuring that we are 

meeting the needs of our customers

 – Continue to target further reductions in 

average time from land exchange to  

build start

 – Focus on tighter management of  

build cycle by embedding consistent 

working practices.

 – Continue to adopt modern methods  

of construction in order to reduce build 

times further

 – Continue to target high-quality  

land with attractive margins

 – Maintain strong balance sheet and  

 – Continue to pursue build cost savings  

via the build initiative

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    31

Strategic priority

Medium-term targets

Measure/KPI

FY15

FY16

Progress in FY16

Priorities for FY17

Increased 

investment

£2.5bn investment in land and build 

over four years to FY19 to support 

growth and capture a larger share of 

the retiree market

£2.5bn investment in  

land and build by FY19

Land bank (units)

10,087 

units

10,186 

units

Sites acquired 

90 sites

65 sites

Sales 

growth

Sell more than 3,000 units  

per annum

Legal completions (units)

1,923 

units

2,299 

units

Sell more than 3,000 units 

per annum by FY19 at a 

net ASP of c.£300k

Net average selling price (ASP)

£239k

£259k

Continued 

product 

innovation

Meet our customers’  

changing needs and expand  

our customer base

Retain Five Star HBF 

customer satisfaction 

rating

Grow Ortus Homes to 

c.10% of annual legal 

completions

Operational 

efficiency

Create an even more efficient  

and scalable business to  

support planned investment  

and targeted growth

Improve capital turn in 

order to maximise ROCE 

Capital turn (x)

(25% ROCE target)

1.0x

1.2x

Cash investment in land and build (£bn)

£0.4bn

£0.5bn

Cash spend on target to achieve strategic objective

Land bank now represents 4.4 years’ supply

Sufficient land with detailed planning to deliver all targeted sales to FY18 and sufficient land 
under control to deliver all targeted sales to FY19

Fewer sites acquired this year due to more measured approach to land acquisition in light of 
market uncertainty in Q4

Terms agreed on a further 42 sites (c.1,700 plots) (FY15: 11 sites, 486 plots) ensuring a 
healthy land pipeline

20% increase in legal completions this year in line with strategic objective 

Three new regional offices with quality management teams now in place providing a 
platform for our growth plans

8% increase in net ASP in line with strategic objective reflecting the quality and location of 
new developments and sustained incentives control

Revenue (£m)

£485.7m £635.9m

Industry-leading growth of 31% resulting in a record level of revenue achieved this year

Customer satisfaction rating

5 star

5 star

Five Star HBF customer satisfaction rating retained for 11th consecutive year

Successfully increased capacity and capability of our management services business to 
ensure that we can meet the needs of customers at all new developments. Volume of 
developments managed increased from 196 to 264

Ortus Homes legal completions  

(% of total completions)

1%

4%

Ortus Homes now represents c.8% of land bank 

Five new Ortus Homes developments released for sale in FY16 (FY15: three)

Sales initiative 
50% off-plan sales achieved with two developments reserving 100% off-plan and a further 
nine at over 80%

Good progress towards our target to sell out our developments within an average of 12 months 
of first occupation, with an average 18 months to sell out for all sites sold out during FY16

Development initiative  
Reduction in average time from land exchange to build start from c.23 months in FY15 to 
c.19 months in FY16 (standard sites only)

All sites fully developed within this new initiative have been within our 16-month target

Build initiative  
c.3-week time saving achieved from build start to first occupation

Build savings of c.£12m identified which will benefit the Group over the four years to FY19. 
Collection of rebates has more than doubled since prior year

 – Continue to target high-quality land in  

the best possible locations in accordance 
with our strict site purchase criteria, 
maintaining contract conditionality  
where possible

 – Land acquisition volumes to be targeted in 
support of our growth strategy to build 
and sell more than 3,000 units per annum 
over the medium-term

 – Target land and build spend of c.£0.5bn

 – Continue to develop capacity and 
capability of our regional teams to  
enable growth

 – Continue to grow completion volumes  

and optimise pricing

 – Retain Five Star HBF customer 

satisfaction rating

 – Continue to increase capacity and 
capability of management services 
business in order to keep pace with growth 
in new developments

 – Grow Ortus Homes to c.10% of land bank
 – Continued innovation in our core products 
and platinum range ensuring that we are 
meeting the needs of our customers

 – Continue to improve off-plan sales rates 
and target further reductions in time to  
sell out

 – Continue to target further reductions in 
average time from land exchange to  
build start

 – Focus on tighter management of  

build cycle by embedding consistent 
working practices.

 – Continue to adopt modern methods  

of construction in order to reduce build 
times further

Focus on 

performance

Target top-quartile sector  

margins and returns on capital

Improve underlying 

operating profit margin,  

targeting top-quartile 

sector margins

Target improved  

ROCE (25% target)

Underlying operating profit (£m)

£95.3m

£107.2m

12% increase achieved driven by increased completion volumes

Underlying operating profit margin (%)

20%

17%

3ppt decrease due to additional investment in new regions and additional incentives offered 
to customers to close out completion chains in Q4

 – Continue to target high-quality  
land with attractive margins

ROCE (%)

20%

20%

Net debt/(cash) (£m)

£44.4m

(£52.8m)

Sustained capital discipline enabled 20% ROCE to be maintained despite margin challenges 
experienced during the year

Significant improvement in cash position due to more measured approach to land and build 
investment in Q4 and IPO proceeds

 – Maintain strong balance sheet and  

focus on cash management

 – Continue to pursue build cost savings  

via the build initiative

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201632    McCarthy & Stone plc

Key Performance Indicators

Revenue

Revenue from sales of new apartments 
is the primary driver of our profitability. 
The fundamentals of the retirement 
housing market, our distinct business 
model and its strong pipeline of quality 
land provides the platform for sustained 
revenue growth over the medium-term. 

Profit

Management’s focus on delivering 
top-line growth with improved 
operational efficiency will deliver future 
margin improvement. 

Workflow

Medium-term growth is dependent on 
our ability to develop our existing land 
bank profitably and to sell current stock 
to generate cash for reinvestment. 

Returns

We have delivered increasing returns  
on capital due to a combination of 
revenue growth and improving capital 
discipline. It remains our focus to 
continue to improve returns on capital 
as the current land bank is developed.

Legal completions (units)

Discounts and incentives (%)

16

15

14

2,299

1,923

1,677

16

15

14

Net average selling price (£k)

Revenue (£m)

16

15

14

259

239

214

16

15

14

485.7

387.8

6

6

7

635.9

Gross profit (£m)

Underlying operating profit (£m)1

16

15

14

Gross profit margin (%)

16

15

14

136.4

123.1

104.0

21

16

15

14

107.2

95.3

75.1

Underlying operating profit margin (%)1

25

27

16

15

14

17

20

19

Land bank (units)

Sites acquired

16

15

14

10,186

10,087

8,701

16

15

14

65

90

74

ROCE (%)2

Tangible gross asset value (£m)2

16

15

14

Capital turn (x)2

16

15

14

20

20

1.2

17

1.0

0.9

16

15

14

574.1

513.5

451.2

Tangible net asset value (£m)2

16

15

14

626.8

469.1

402.3

1  Underlying operating profit has been reconciled within note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.
2  Please see glossary on page 122 for definition.

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    33

Forward sales (£m)2

16

15

14

114.0

131.0

96.0

Growth in legal completions and 
improved pricing have both contributed 
towards a substantial revenue increase 
in FY16. We continued to capitalise on 
favourable market opportunity which has 
supported growth in legal completions. 
An increase in net ASP reflected further 
improvement in the quality and location 
of our developments together with 
modest house price inflation. 

Continued discipline around discounts 
and incentives helped to maintain them 
at levels similar to prior year, despite 
having to offer higher discounts and 
incentives as the secondary housing 
market started to weaken following the 
EU Referendum. At the year end the 
Group was carrying a lower forward 
order book impacted by customer 
sentiment following the EU Referendum.

Profit before tax (£m)

16

15

14

92.9

80.9

57.1

Underlying profit before tax (£m)1

16

15

14

105.0

88.4

63.2

Volume growth combined with 
improved pricing led to a further 
increase in profits. However, margins 
have been impacted by the profitability 
mix of units sold, the increased usage 
of incentives in July and August and 
investment in new regional 
infrastructure. 

Finished stock (units)

16

15

14

1,512

1,169

1,370

New, high-quality sites were added to the 
land bank, which stood at 10,186 units as 
at the year end. This is equivalent to 4.4 
years of supply and is sufficient to deliver 
all targeted sales to FY19.

Gearing (%)2

-8

16

15

14

Net (cash)/debt (£m)

-52.8

16

15

14

8

10

44.4

48.9

Strong cash generation, together with  
IPO proceeds and a more measured 
approach to land and build investment, 
improved the net cash position at the  
year end. This also helped to maintain 
ROCE levels despite margin challenges. 
The benefits of key strategic initiatives 
continued to contribute towards a notable 
improvement in capital turn. 

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201634    McCarthy & Stone plc

Operating Review – Strategic Initiatives

Sales  
growth

Operational 
efficiency

In FY15 we launched three strategic initiatives with the 
goal of accelerating the Group’s typical working capital 
cycle. These initiatives focus on improving sales rates, 
reducing time taken between securing land and starting 
build and implementing build programme efficiencies.

John leads our business 
improvement programme to enable 
business growth, enhance customer 
experience and improve operating 
performance. John joined McCarthy 
& Stone in February 2014 and was 
previously Chief Executive Officer of 
Human Recognition Systems 
Limited. Prior to that he worked for 
ten years for the Unite Group, 
becoming Group Chief Operating 
Officer in 2008.

Improving sales rates
The sales initiative was introduced 
to achieve 50% or more off-plan 
reservations and then reserve 
out remaining apartments within 
12 months of first occupation.

In order to support the sales force 
and enable them to achieve these 
targets, we have overhauled our sales 
induction and training programmes 
and introduced new sales toolkits in all 
regions. These toolkits are designed 
to maintain high levels of presentation 
and saleability tailored to the specific 
features and benefits of each site. We 
have also focused our local marketing 
and lead generation on a more 
precisely defined set of best prospect 
customers. In addition, we have 
developed a partnership with a third-
party contact centre and introduced 
a new online visitor booking system 
to provide a more consistent sales 
process and customer experience. 
To improve web traffic and customer 
experience, we have also developed 
our web platform, a key element 
being the mobile-enabled website.

We have successfully delivered our 
strategic target for off-plan reservations 
this year, with an average of 50% 
reserved off-plan from the 69 sites 
that first occupied in FY16. A number 
of sites achieved significantly more 
than this, for example Blyton House, 
Bourne End and Kingswood Court, 
Sidcup which both sold 100% off-plan. 
A further nine sites have reserved more 
than 80% of their apartments off-plan. 

As a result of our focus on post first 
occupation sales during the year, we have 
managed to deliver a significant reduction 
in the average number of months taken  
to sell out our developments, which  
stood at 18 months for all sites 
sold out during FY16. 

The FY17 plans aim to improve customer 
relationship management and increase 
conversion rates from callers to the 
contact centre. In addition, we are 
adopting mystery shopper programmes 
to drive high sales performance 
throughout our business, alongside 
improvements to our sales progression 
process. Our Group-wide marketing 
team have developed a new creative 
that offers a stronger brand image 
and clearer lifestyle benefits while also 
further developing our web content. 

Accelerating our development cycle
The development initiative (Project 
Fusion) aims to reduce the time taken 
between securing land and starting 
build. A number of changes designed 
to accelerate this cycle have been 
implemented, with particular focus 
on the planning process, increased 
standardisation, and cross-functional 
project teams from the outset. Our 
target for reducing the time taken 
between securing land and starting 
build is 16 months for standard sites 
achieving a first-time detailed planning 
consent. In FY15, we took an average 
of c.23 months to complete this 
process and we have been working 
hard to improve this. During FY16, we 
improved this overall average to c.19 
months1 for the 15 out of our 42 build 
starts which were developed fully 
under this initiative from the outset.

John Tonkiss
National Operations Director

Capital turn (x)

0.9

1.0

1.2

FY14

FY15

FY16

1  Excluding sites put on hold for either commercial  
or complex planning reasons (FY15: seven sites, 
FY16: six sites).

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    35

The foundation of these cycle-time reductions has been the establishment of a streamlined and simplified six-stage Fusion 
development process from Land Evaluation through to Construction:

STAGE 0
Land Evaluation

STAGE 1
Brief Design

STAGE 2
Concept Design

STAGE 3
Coordinated Design

STAGE 4
Technical Design

STAGE 5
Site and Build Start

STAGE 6
Construction

Land Offer
Accepted

Solicitors
Instructed

Exchange
Contracts

Planning
Solution

Design
Freeze

Resolution
to Grant

Planning
Approval

Site
Start

Build
Start

Marketing
Suite Open

First
Occupation

In support of the Fusion process, 
the team have also delivered a new 
information management system. 
This online repository holds our 
Group-wide product standards and 
specifications, alongside our key 
supplier and framework agreements 
and has been instrumental in driving 
increased product standardisation 
throughout the business.

The information management 
system helps to ensure a consistent 
and standardised high-quality 
product. The process enables our 
teams and partners to work more 
effectively together throughout 
a development’s life cycle. 

Having established the system, 
we are now developing increased 
functionality including integrated 
3D building models, build cost 
estimating tools, and property 
management asset registers.

Product
Management

Specification
and Standards
Toolkit

Building 
Information
Model

Cost 
Tool

Operate

Construct

Sell

Build programme efficiencies
This initiative builds on the Fusion 
process in order to reduce our 
build cycle times and deliver margin 
improvements. The key elements 
include improved procurement, a more 
structured approach to subcontractor 
partnerships, value engineering 
of individual developments and a 
more consistent set of construction 
management practices.

During FY16 this programme rolled 
out a new framework of critical 
controls in support of robust build 
programmes and budgets, plus the 
adoption of a risk-based approach 
to manage the build programmes. 

The commercial structure has been 
revised to reduce the administration 
burden on surveyors and allow greater 
focus on cost management. We have 
also driven greater cost ownership 
and compliance across our regions 
through streamlined cost coding, 
improved reporting and benchmarking.

This initiative has identified savings 
to the value of £3.3m in relation to 
materials used, including more than 
double the amount of rebates collected 
in the prior year. An additional c.£12m 
of cost reductions have also been 
identified, which are expected to benefit 
the Group over the period to FY19. 

FY16 also saw an improved average 
build time, with the 69 first occupations 
delivered on average c.3 weeks 
faster (from build start) than during 
FY15. Into FY17 the continuous 
improvement plan will focus on 
making further improvements and 
greater standardisation. It will do this 
through tighter management of the 
build programme with more granular 
milestones and by embedding a 
framework of consistent working 
practices and management tools 
for all site teams. The business is 
increasingly adopting modern methods 
of construction (MMC) (in c.25% of 
sites under construction during FY17).

1.2x

Capital turn
(FY15: 1.0x)

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 2016 
 
36    McCarthy & Stone plc

Operating Review – Land and Planning

Increased 
investment

Gary Day
Land and Planning Director

Land bank (units)

8,701

10,087

10,186

FY14

FY15

FY16

Gary is a Chartered Town Planner and member of 
the Chartered Institute of Housing. He has more 
than 40 years’ experience in the industry. 

Gary joined the Group in 1988 having worked in local government for  
13 years as a Town Planner. He was a member of the Homes and 
Communities Agency’s former Vulnerable and Older People’s Advisory 
Group and is currently a member of the Welsh Government’s Expert 
Group on Housing an Ageing Population. Over the years he has sat on 
numerous other governmental and stakeholder groups concerned with the 
housing implications of the UK’s ageing population. 

Gary was appointed Land and Planning Director in 2002 and chairs the 
Group Investment Committee, which approves all of the Group’s land 
acquisitions, and the Group’s Corporate Social Responsibility Committee. 
He has executive responsibility for land conveyancing, planning, political 
and public affairs, and the Group’s management services business.

Consented land is the lifeblood of our 
business, forming one of the five key 
operational functions of our business. 
We have a well-established and tailored 
approach to land and planning, with 
clear criteria for site acquisitions, 
design and planning, including the 
review and approval process. There 
are three elements that differentiate 
our land model: our strict site purchase 
criteria; the conditionality of our 
purchase agreements; and the limited 
degree of competition that we face on 
the types of sites that we pursue. 

We have seen significant growth 
in recent years; the land bank has 
increased by 17% over the last two 
financial years. Sites exchanged in 
FY16 are spread from locations near 
Aberdeen, Scotland to a site near 
Brighton, East Sussex. Our national 
reach and profile, together with our 
strong track record and reputation in 
delivering on our promises, leads to 
favourable responses from landowners 
and agents. These relationships 
are fostered and maintained by our 
experienced regional land buying teams. 

At the year end, our land bank 
stood at 10,186 plots, equivalent to 
4.4 years’ supply, and as a result 
we now have sufficient land under 
control to deliver all targeted sales to 
FY19. During the year, we secured 
legal interests in 65 new high-quality 
development sites (FY15: 90), equivalent 
to c.2,614 additional units (FY15: 
c.3,522). We also obtained 60 detailed 
planning consents, providing 2,449 
developable units (FY15: 56/ 2,122).

How we buy land
Site purchase criteria
Our differentiated land model provides 
a clear land acquisition criteria and 
a strict approval process. The strict 
controls and processes ensure that 
there is visibility, by senior management, 
throughout the process, enabling 
considered and reactive decisions. 

Our focus is on smaller, centrally 
located brownfield sites in urban 
areas. This means that we face 
less competition for our sites than 
mainstream housebuilders, who are 
typically interested in larger, usually 
greenfield sites. We have smaller size 
requirements due to the higher density 
of the Group’s developments compared 
to mainstream housebuilders, which 
gives us a competitive advantage in land 
acquisitions and permits the acquisition 
of sites that are close to amenities 
and with good public transport links, 
enhancing the attractiveness of our 
developments to target customers. We 
experience other benefits from building 
on brownfield sites – such as greater 
Government support for previously-
developed land; reduced affordable 
housing and Community Infrastructure 
Levy (CIL) contributions; and no 
exposure to large infrastructure costs. 
We also benefit from an increasing 
planning policy presumption in favour 
of the type of specialist housing that 
we deliver, reflecting the Government’s 
recognition that the housing needs of the 
ageing population has become ‘critical’.

The requirements around proximity 
to shops, facilities and transport 
links vary depending on the type of 

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    37

development but the existence of an 
existing established community is a 
consideration for all sites. We aim to 
make sure that our sites are in prominent 
locations, with a ‘feel good’ factor that 
will enrich the lives of our homeowners. 

Conditionality 
It is our policy to try and secure land 
under the most favourable terms – 
not only with regard to price but also 
with respect to preserving optionality. 
Sites are normally secured by means 
of option agreements or via highly 
conditional contracts, with the principal 
condition being obtaining a satisfactory 
planning consent without onerous 
conditions. Where possible we seek 
to preserve additional flexibility in our 
conditional contracts by including a 
right to terminate the contract if there is 
a risk that the development will not be 
economically or commercially viable. 
Such rights are normally exercisable 
at any time before completion and 
notwithstanding that other conditions 
may have been satisfied.

Land approval
The Group has strict criteria which 
all sites must meet, including size 
and proximity to local amenities and 
transport links. Land buyers visit all 
potential sites and perform an initial 
high level suitability appraisal using 
the set land acquisition criteria. If the 
appraisal indicates that the site should 
progress, the Regional Land Director 
will evaluate all aspects of the potential 
site and if this proves positive, will 
submit an investment appraisal to the 
regional investment committee chaired 
by the Regional Managing Director. If 
the Regional Investment Committee 
approves the site, the appraisal will be 
submitted to the Group Investment 
Committee (GIC) for approval. At least 
one member of the GIC will review 
every site, and where main Board 
approval is required the Chief Executive 
Officer will visit the site. Main Board 
approval is required where a site is 
to be purchased unconditionally for 
£250,000 or more, or any land to be 
purchased for £4.0m or more (whether 
conditional or unconditional).

Planning process
The Group’s specialist in-house  
planning team, the Planning Bureau, 
deals with all aspects of the planning 
process including the monitoring and 
influencing of emerging relevant national 
and regional planning policies. The 
Planning Bureau becomes involved in a 
site from the initial high level suitability 
appraisal and then works with the design 
teams throughout the design process  
of each site. 

Humphrey Court, Stafford

The Planning Bureau staff hold  
extensive public consultations prior  
to the submission of the planning 
application as well as liaising  
throughout the process with local 
planning authorities. 

As the Group’s developments are 
primarily located on brownfield sites, 
the Group normally applies directly 
for detailed planning consents. This 
typically enables the Group to complete 
the planning process more quickly 
relative to mainstream housebuilders. 

All the land needed to deliver to FY19

10,186 units
65
60

New sites exchanged in FY16

Detailed planning consents achieved 
in FY16

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201638    McCarthy & Stone plc

Risk Management

How we manage the risks  
to our business

Effective management of risk is integral to the successful 
implementation of our corporate strategy. Risk is managed 
through a five-step risk management process, led from 
the Board.

Our risk management process

Identify
risk

Determine
risk appetite

Treat,
tolerate or
transfer risk,

Monitor
risk

Review
risk

Board assessment

Risk registers

Key controls framework Key risk indicators

Assurance programme

The Group’s risk management 
framework requires the maintenance 
and regular update of Group and 
regional risk registers to identify the 
risks to our business model and 
strategic plan, with the major risks 
reviewed by the Board in the context 
of the Group’s appetite for risk.

These risk registers are supported 
by frameworks of key operational 
and financial controls that enable 
risks to be treated, tolerated or 
transferred to third parties. 

How we manage risk

Board

Group
management 

Regional
management

Site/development
management

Functional
support

Risk and
internal audit

The risk registers are complemented 
by the monitoring of a set of key risk 
indicators approved by the executive 
leadership team, which provide early 
warning of potential issues and enable 
management to react accordingly. 
Those risk indicators establish the 
risk appetite for each risk and are 
monitored at Group and regional levels.

Assurance is provided over the 
effective design and operation of 
the risk framework through a formal 
programme of assurance activity. 

This is structured around three lines 
of defence: management assurance, 
through operational controls and 
reporting; functional support in the form 
of formal policies and procedures; and 
a programme of assurance activity, 
including internal and external audit.

Overall oversight is provided by the 
Board, with individual members of the 
Board and the executive leadership team 
sponsoring each of the key risks.

1

2

3

4

5

6

Oversight and stewardship

First line of defence:
operational controls 
and reporting

Second line of defence:
policies and procedures 

Third line of defence: 
internal and external audit 

The maintenance of formal risk registers, 
the identification of key control 
frameworks, the monitoring of key risk 
indicators and the pursuit of a broad 

assurance programme provide all levels 
of management with a clear framework 
within which to operate.

Annual Report and Accounts 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McCarthy & Stone plc    39

The executive leadership team 
is responsible for the day-to-day 
management of the operational 
activities of the Group. Each member 
of the executive leadership team has 
a ‘leadership team’ of direct reports, 
who are collectively responsible 
for the overall system of internal 
control across the business.

The Group has developed a values 
framework which consists of five 
cornerstone principles: passion, 
responsibility, innovation, determination 
and excellence (PRIDE). These are used 
as a guide to conduct business from 
key decisions to day-to-day activities. 

These values are widely communicated 
across the business to ensure 
alignment with strategic aims and 
to actively encourage a culture that 
promotes teamwork, involvement 
and empowerment at all levels of the 
Group. These values play a key role 
in recruitment across the business. 

The corporate strategy was developed 
in preparation for the IPO and principally 
focuses on doubling the size of the 
business over the medium-term. The 
strategy has been well documented 
and communicated both internally and 
externally. To support this strategy 
the Group has identified five strategic 
priorities, as discussed on page 30.

The key controls framework defines 
the Group’s most important internal 
controls on which it places key reliance 
in the management of its core business 
and reporting on its performance and 
progress towards strategic objectives. 
The Group operates consistent financial 
management, reporting controls and 
processes across its nine regions.  
These are monitored by the Group 
Financial Controller and her team in 
order to ensure their effectiveness.  
The key controls framework is 
reviewed and tested annually, and is 
also subject to internal audit review.

Viability statement
In addition to making a going 
concern statement, the Directors 
are also required to make a longer-
term viability statement to comply 
with provision C.2.2 of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code 2014. 

In response to that, the Directors 
have assessed the prospects and 
financial viability of the Group, 
taking into account both its current 
position and circumstances, and 
the potential impact of its principal 
risks. The Directors considered that 
a three-year period was appropriate 
for this assessment. The capital 
cycle from land completion to 
final sell-out of a development, for 
FY16 build starts, is approximately 
three years. The land pipeline also 
provides us with sufficient land 
under control to meet sales targets 
for the next three years. Accordingly, 
it is considered appropriate that 
the viability review period is broadly 
aligned with the expected longevity 
of the owned land supply.

The Group is subject to a number 
of principal risks (as set out in 
more detail on pages 40 and 
41), and the Directors’ viability 
statement review considered the 
impact that these risks might have 
on the Group’s ability to meet 
its targets. This was undertaken 
through the performance of a single 
downside case sensitivity, which 
reflects a severe but plausible 
impact assuming that appropriate 
steps are taken to mitigate the 
impact of the downside. 

The Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company 
will be able to continue in 
operation and meet its liabilities 
as they fall due over the three-
year assessment period.

Monitoring key business risks
Key business risks are formally identified, 
reviewed and updated by the executive 
leadership team every six months 
using a risk scoring methodology. 
Each risk is categorised based on 
likelihood and potential impact. Once 
agreed with the executive leadership 
team, the risks are plotted on a risk 
heat map and submitted to the Risk 
and Audit Committee for approval 
and subsequently to the Board.

The risk appetite is established by a 
twice yearly review of the risk heat map 
by the executive leadership team. This 
review confirms whether the relative 
position of risks is acceptable and if 
not what actions need to be taken to 
reduce the likelihood or impact. A rating 
is given to each risk that defines whether 
the risk is within the risk appetite 
and requires no further attention, if 
the risk is crystallising and therefore 
action should be taken before the risk 
appetite is breached or whether the 
risk is already beyond the risk appetite 
requiring immediate action. The status 
of each key risk indicator is reviewed 
for all risks beyond the risk appetite and 
reported to the Executive Board and 
Main Board. As part of this review the 
executive leadership team will review 
the actions required and ensure that 
progress is being made and whether 
the proposed actions are still sufficient.

The Directors have carried out a robust 
assessment of the principal risks facing 
the Company, including those that would 
threaten its business model, future 
performance, solvency or liquidity.

Internal control environment
The core elements of the Group-wide 
internal control environment are 
organisational structure, culture and 
values, corporate strategy and a key 
controls framework. 

The Group’s organisational structure is 
established around clear divisions of 
responsibilities between the Board and 
the executive leadership team. The 
Board is responsible for the operational 
control of the Group, including all 
strategic, financial, organisational, legal 
and regulatory matters.

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201640    McCarthy & Stone plc

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

The principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group include, but are not limited to: 

Risk area

Risk description

Mitigating actions

Risk change

Economic 
conditions

Reputation 
and customer 
satisfaction

Housebuilding is cyclical and  
reliant on the broader economy.  
A deterioration in the economic 
outlook could have a significant 
impact on the Group’s financial 
performance. The result of the 
EU Referendum has increased 
the uncertainty in the economy 
and specifically the secondary 
housebuilding market in the  
short term.

The Group constructs and sells a 
quality product to an ageing and 
sometimes frail customer base and 
provides ongoing management 
and personal care services. 
Any issues with the products or 
services the Group provide could 
impact on customer satisfaction 
to the detriment of the Group’s 
business model.

The Group closely monitors 
industry indicators and assesses 
the potential impact of different 
economic scenarios. Decisions 
to allocate new capital to land 
and build are managed centrally 
through the Group Investment 
Committee. The Group aims to 
maintain a national and product 
spread of developments to 
ensure that it is not reliant on one 
particular locality or product type.

The Group enforces strict 
procedures over the hand over 
of developments for occupation 
and the hand over of specific 
apartments to individual 
customers. Ongoing management 
and personal care services 
are provided within a robust 
framework of controls which is 
closely monitored. The business 
has dedicated customer services 
capability and tracks customer 
satisfaction through NHBC surveys 
and other routes.

Illiquidity of 
land and 
apartments

Land and apartments can be 
relatively illiquid assets affecting the 
Group’s ability to value or liquidate 
part of its land bank in a timely 
fashion and at satisfactory prices in 
response to changes in economic, 
property market or other conditions.

Whenever possible, the Group tries 
to preserve the maximum amount 
of optionality in land payments. 
The Group also closely monitors 
its forecasted cash position to 
ensure it is funded in the most cost 
effective manner.

Owned land 
may decline 
in value

The net realisable value of land 
owned by the Group may decline 
due to changes in the property 
market or other conditions, or the 
Group being unable to secure 
detailed planning consent on land 
purchased unconditionally.

Whenever possible, contracts 
to purchase land are conditional 
on the Group obtaining detailed 
planning consent. The Group 
performs impairment reviews in line 
with IFRS requirements.

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    41

Risk Increased 

Risk decreased 

Risk unchanged

Risk area

Risk description

Mitigating actions

Risk change

Build 
programmes 
and build 
costs

The Group’s financial performance 
is dependent on its ability to deliver 
build programmes on time and on 
budget. Build programme or cost 
over-runs could result in slower sales 
or reduced margins.

Employees

The Group’s employees are central 
to the achievement of the Group’s 
objectives. Failure to recruit and 
retain sufficient staff resource of 
the right quality could constrain 
growth plans.

Health and 
safety

Construction sites are inherently 
risky, which could expose 
employees/contractors to the risk of 
serious injury/fatality. Home owners 
in the developments the Group 
manages are ageing and sometimes 
frail, with the risk that they can be 
more susceptible to injury.

Land 
acquisition 
and planning

Poor quality land and/or location 
could result in programme/cost  
over-runs and difficulty in selling. 
Failure to obtain timely planning 
permissions will adversely affect 
workflow resulting in failure to  
meet targeted growth rates,  
future sales and/or cash flow.

Build progress and costs are 
reviewed regularly by dedicated 
regional commercial teams, as well 
as being reported to regional and 
Group management. Independent 
assurance is provided through a 
dedicated commercial internal audit 
resource involving deep dives into 
developments under construction. 
Framework agreements have been 
established with key subcontractors 
and suppliers to provide greater 
certainty of price and supply. There 
is a continuing drive to realise 
procurement efficiencies.

The Group has put in place 
attractive reward mechanisms  
and provides extensive 
opportunities for personal 
development and training, both 
of which are regularly reviewed 
against peer housebuilders and 
other employers in local markets. 
Resource requirements are 
assessed against annual budgets 
and recruitment processes are 
designed to ensure the availability 
of the right resource to deliver 
against the Group’s plans.

The Group strives for excellence  
in health and safety and considers 
it to be the top priority. The Health 
& Safety Operations Director 
reports directly to the executive 
leadership team, identifying 
areas of concern, near misses 
and accidents, and supports 
this with a rigorous, independent 
site inspection process which 
routinely assesses and reports on 
standards. Building Safety Group 
audits help the Group move closer 
to its goal of achieving a culture of 
excellence in health and safety.

Regional land buying teams are  
in place across all regions 
providing local knowledge and 
expertise. These teams are 
targeted on land exchange as  
part of their bonus structure. 

Regional planning teams have the 
support and oversight of the Group 
Investment Committee and are 
overseen by the Board.

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 2016 
 
 
42    McCarthy & Stone plc

Financial Review

Our regions saw a return to modest 
house price inflation during the first nine 
months of the year but the effect of this 
increase has been offset at a gross profit 
level by build cost inflation, particularly 
driven by an increase in labour costs. 
Further build cost inflation is expected 
during FY17 and the work currently being 
undertaken as part of our build cost 
initiative seeks to mitigate the impact of 
this where possible by working towards 
securing 70% build cost certainty 
prior to build start and managing 
75% of build spend via centrally 
negotiated framework agreements.

The level of overheads in the business 
continued to be tightly controlled, 
with total administrative expenses, 
excluding exceptional items and 
amortisation of brand, remaining 
broadly at the same level as last year 
of £32.6m (FY15: £32.4m) despite 
a 31% increase in revenue.

Capital structure and interest
The Group closed the year with a further 
increase in its tangible gross asset 
value to £574.1m (FY15: £513.5m) and 
a tangible net asset value of £626.8m 
(FY15: £469.1m). The November IPO 
raised £78.5m of net proceeds and the 
Group continues to maintain a robust 
financial position with a net cash balance 
of £52.8m at 31 August 2016 (FY15: net 
debt of £44.4m) and negative gearing of 
8% (FY15: positive gearing of 8%). This 
reflects a strong financial year, the net 
proceeds from the IPO, actions taken by 
management in response to economic 
uncertainty and disciplined cash 
management. We continued to maintain 
a strong balance sheet and appropriate 
headroom against our £200m revolving 
credit facility (RCF) throughout the year.

The Group amended its financing 
arrangements relating to its RCF 
during the year. This has resulted in 
improved commercial terms, including 
the extension of the facility’s maturity 
from 19 December 2019 to 23 May 
2021 and improved margin terms, 
which are expected to save c.£1.0m 
per annum in interest expense. 

Our performance
McCarthy & Stone has made good 
progress towards achieving its medium-
term strategic objective this year with 
significant focus placed on achieving 
growth, improving capital turn and 
maintaining a favourable capital 
structure and robust balance sheet. 
The Group delivered an increase in 
legal completions, as well as improved 
pricing, revenue and profit before tax.

Revenue
Revenue increased by 31% this year 
to £635.9m (FY15: £485.7m) driven by 
both volume growth and an increase 
in net average selling prices. Legal 
completions increased by 20% to 2,299 
units (FY15: 1,923) benefiting from an 
increased number of new developments 
released for sale and accelerated 
sales rates, especially off-plan sales.

The Group’s net average selling 
price increased by 8% to £259k 
(FY15: £239k) which primarily reflects 
further improvements in the quality 
and location of the developments 
McCarthy & Stone is now bringing to 
market, together with a small element 
of house price inflation. Management 
also exerted continued control over 
the level of discounts and incentives 
given to customers which, despite 
the impact of the EU Referendum and 
subsequent use of higher incentives 
to close completion chains, ended at 
6% for the year, in line with FY15.

Profit
The Group achieved strong growth in 
underlying profit before tax for the year, 
which was up 19% to £105.0m (FY15: 
£88.4m), and in statutory profit before 
tax, which was up 15% to £92.9m (FY15: 
£80.9m). This was achieved at a gross 
profit margin of 21.4% (FY15: 25.3%) 
and an underlying operating margin of 
16.9% (FY15: 19.6%). The reduction in 
these margin percentages was driven 
by the profitability mix of units sold, the 
increase in incentive usage in July and 
August together with some additional 
abortive land costs and our investment 
in new regions and additional operational 
infrastructure to support our growth.

1  Underlying operating profit has been  

reconciled within note 6 to the consolidated  
financial statements.

Nick Maddock
Group Chief Financial Officer

Underlying profit before tax (£m)1

105.0

88.4

63.2

FY14

FY15

FY16

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    43

Target returns
We have demonstrated sustained capital 
discipline this year, maintaining a 20% 
ROCE (FY15: 20%). This has been 
achieved despite the constraints of build 
cost inflation, additional investment 
in our operational infrastructure 
necessary to support growth, sustained 
investment in our growing land bank 
and additional incentives used in July 
and August to close out completion 
chains. However, we have seen a 
marked improvement in capital turn 
to 1.2x (FY15: 1.0x) illustrating that our 
key strategic initiatives to improve sales 
rates, reduce development time and 
implement build efficiencies are on track 
and continuing to produce results.

The Group continues to target future 
increases in operating margin and ROCE 
and remains committed to its medium-
term strategic objective of building 
and selling more than 3,000 units per 
annum and achieving a ROCE of 25%.

Nick Maddock
Group Chief Financial Officer
14 November 2016

This refinancing demonstrates the 
strong and ongoing commitment of 
McCarthy & Stone’s relationship banks 
in supporting our £2.5bn investment 
programme and our medium-term 
strategic objective of building and selling 
more than 3,000 units per annum.

The Group incurred net finance 
expenses of £2.2m during the year 
(FY15: £6.9m), benefiting from lower 
interest costs under the Group’s 
amended RCF and the annual 
revaluation of its shared equity debtors.

Exceptional costs
Total exceptional costs recognised 
within the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income during the year 
were £10.0m, of which £8.5m related to 
IPO adviser fees and associated costs 
and £1.5m related to Management 
Incentive Plan charges, restructuring, 
redundancy and refinancing costs.

Taxation
We adopt a clear and transparent 
approach to taxation and do not 
pursue aggressive techniques 
to reduce our tax liability.

The total tax charge for the year is 
£19.4m which represents an effective 
tax rate of 20.9% (FY15: 20.5%) based 
on a profit before tax of £92.9m. The 
main tax reconciling item that increased 
the effective tax rate to 20.9% from the 
statutory rate of 20.0% is the c.£6.9m 
non-deductible portion of adviser 
costs incurred in connection with the 
listing. These costs largely related to 
the secondary proceeds and were 
incurred by the Company for the benefit 
of the exiting shareholders, prior to the 
listing. We expect our effective tax rate 
to revert to close to the statutory rate 
from the current financial year onwards.

Earnings and dividend
Adjusted underlying basic earnings 
per share increased by 9% to 16.1p 
(FY15: 14.8p). Basic earnings per 
share for FY16 were 13.9p (FY15: 
3.4p). Details of the calculation of 
earnings per share can be found in 
note 12 to the financial statements.

We are delighted to be proposing 
our first final dividend of 3.5 pence 
per share resulting in a total ordinary 
dividend for the year of 4.5 pence. This 
reflects our ordinary dividend policy 
as stated at the IPO which commits to 
paying a dividend equivalent to c.30% 
of underlying profit after tax and before 
certain exceptional items. The proposed 
dividend is covered three times by 
earnings. Subject to shareholder 
approval at the AGM, the dividend will be 
paid on 1 February 2017 to shareholders 
on the register at 6 January 2017.

The total cost of the final dividend is 
£18.8m, resulting in a total dividend 
cost relating to the year of £24.2m.

Risk management
The Group maintains a robust risk 
management framework, providing 
a clear link between strategy and the 
strategic, operational and financial risks 
faced by the business. The approach to 
risk is set by the Board, which maintains 
a close involvement in identifying and 
mitigating risk and monitors certain key 
risk indicators at Board meetings on a 
regular basis. The control environment 
has been further enhanced during the 
year through the establishment of a 
risk manual and a further review and 
update of our existing finance manual.

As part of managing the financial risk 
in the business, the potential impact of 
a downturn in the housing market or 
the broader UK economic environment 
is regularly evaluated and we have 
a number of key risk indicators that 
are used at Board level in order to 
assess this. Our national reach and 
diversified portfolio of land ensures 
that we are not overly dependent on 
particular local markets or individual 
developments. In addition, our distinct 
business model helps to insulate our 
business from a downturn, with land 
acquisition normally contracted subject 
to planning and also often subject to 
commercial viability or by way of option, 
enabling us to review land acquisition 
decisions in light of planning outcomes 
and latest market conditions prior 
to committing significant capital. 

£259k

Net average selling price
(FY15: £239k)

£105.0m

Underlying profit before tax
(FY15: £88.4m)

£52.8m

Net cash
(FY15: net debt £44.4m)

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201644    McCarthy & Stone plc

Corporate Social Responsibility

A responsible 
housebuilder

We are committed to delivering 
social and environmental benefits

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    45

Our approach – 
enriching lives
As the UK’s leading retirement 
housebuilder, our driving ambition 
across our business is to enrich 
the lives of our homeowners and 
employees. We aim to deliver this by:
•  Engaging positively with the local 

communities in which our 
developments are built
•  Building safe and vibrant 

developments to help older people 
lead healthy independent lives

•  Providing high-quality management 

services for our homeowners

•  Minimising the environmental impact 

of our activities

•  Building a culture of excellence in 
health and safety across all our 
business activities

•  Creating a great place to work  

which is both safe and inspiring  
for our employees

Our Corporate Social Responsibility 
(CSR) Committee was formed in 
2015. The Committee, which meets 
quarterly, is chaired by our Land and 
Planning Director and reports directly 
to the executive leadership team. 

Our priorities for FY16  
and FY17
The main priorities of the Committee 
in FY16 have been to establish:
•  A CSR policy covering all aspects of 

the Group’s business

•  A framework for CSR reporting within 

the Group following the IPO in 
November 2015

During FY17, the Committee will focus on:
•  Agreeing appropriate KPIs and 
targets and measuring our 
performance against these
•  Establishing a framework for 

greenhouse gas emission reporting 

A full year’s reporting across all the KPIs 
has not been possible during FY16 as 
data was not collected throughout the 
financial year due to the fact that this 
was not a requirement prior to the listing 
of the Group in November 2015. There 
are also, therefore, no comparatives for 
previous years in this year’s report.

Greenhouse gas 
emission reporting
As permitted under the Companies 
Act 2006 (Strategic Directors’ Report) 
Regulations 2013, the Group has 
decided not to report its Scope 1 and 
Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions 
but to explain why we have not 
complied. The Company only became 
a public limited company with listing 
on the London Stock Exchange in 
November 2015. Therefore, we were 
only subject to these rules for part of 
the financial year under review and are 
not able to provide data for the whole 
year, due to the requisite systems not 
being in place to capture the relevant 
data. The Company will report on its 
Scope 1 and Scope 2 greenhouse gas 
emissions in our next Annual Report.

Planning and design 
We understand that our homeowners 
want to be active within their community 
and near to local amenities and 
public transport links. On average our 
homeowners move no more than five 
miles from their current homes into a 
McCarthy & Stone apartment, so our 
developments are clearly helping to meet 
a critical and growing local housing need. 

We have strict criteria when purchasing 
land to ensure the location will suit the 
needs and aspirations of customers. 
Our developments are typically built 
on centrally-located, urban, brownfield 
sites which were previously developed 
or had an existing established use.

We optimise the development density 
of our sites with an average site 
density in FY16 of 31 dwellings per acre 
(76 per hectare). This, combined with 
a relatively low level of car ownership 
and usage amongst our homeowners, 
means that we deliver a highly 
sustainable form of development.

Community consultation 
We consult local communities, 
businesses and other relevant 
stakeholders on every new planning 
application we bring forward (both pre- 
and post-submission), including holding 
one-to-one meetings, discussions 
with affected parties and public 
exhibitions. This gives neighbours and 

other affected parties a platform to 
voice their opinions, many of which 
influence our designs and approach to 
construction. During FY16, over 130 
consultations and exhibitions were 
held with 80% of attendees advising 
that they found them informative. 

A number of our developments have 
recently won awards for design 
including Queen Elizabeth Court, Kirkby 
Lonsdale and Scarlet Oak, Solihull.

Benefits of McCarthy & Stone 
developments 
•  Support of our management team
•  Central locations
•  High-quality well-designed 

apartments

•  Contribution to the local economy 
•  Reducing strain on local 

infrastructure

•  Redevelopment of brownfield land
•  Freeing up under-occupied homes
•  More interaction with other people 

and reduced loneliness

•  Enhanced safety and security
•  Wide range of social activities

Construction
We are aware of the impact that the 
construction phase of our activities 
can have on the local community. 
All of our sites must comply with 
internal policies around levels of noise, 
cleanliness and presentation. Some 
of our sites are accredited under the 
Considerate Constructors Scheme 
(CCS), including our site at Midhurst 
in our South East region, which 
won a CCS silver award in 2016.

Minimising our impact
on the environment 
There are clear environmental and 
business benefits to designing energy 
efficient homes, using responsibly 
sourced and efficient materials, and with 
the minimum of waste sent to landfill. 

Having a clear understanding of where 
our money is being spent and how much 
waste we create during the construction 
and operation of our developments 
allows us to make better informed 
business decisions while ensuring we 
minimise our environmental impact. 

Top left: Homeowners at The Sycamores, 
Kinross.

Bottom left: Local children from Evendons 
Primary School with the site team.

130+

Planning consultations and 
exhibitions during FY16

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201646    McCarthy & Stone plc

Corporate Social Responsibility continued

We are committed to reducing levels of 
waste generated by our construction 
sites year-on-year as this will bring both 
financial and environmental benefits. 

During FY16, we replaced our waste 
management supplier with two new 
suppliers, Kenny and Waste Cycle, and 
their environmental credentials were a 
key factor in our selection process. We 
are proud to report that of the 21,316 
tonnes of waste generated on our 
construction sites in FY16, only 5.6% 
(being 1,185 tonnes) went to landfill, 
the rest being recycled. We continue 
to work with our waste management 
companies to further improve this figure, 
as well as with our suppliers to reduce 
waste further up the supply chain.

Efficient homes
We design our developments to maximise 
the performance of the fabric and 
materials of the building. This approach 
is used for a number of reasons:
•  It prioritises the largest item of  
energy consumption in homes,  
being maintaining a comfortable 
internal temperature

•  The energy efficiency is integrated 

into the building and does not require 
occupants to operate complex 
systems or change their behaviours
•  Energy efficiencies will last as long 
as the building lasts and costly 
maintenance of heating systems,  
for example, is avoided

We employ a range of methods across 
our ‘fabric first’ approach including:
•  Maximising air tightness
•  Installing insulation in walls and  

loft spaces

•  Optimising solar gain through 

openings and shades

•  Optimising ventilation and using the 
thermal mass of building fabrics 
•  Addition of photo voltaic cells to 

buildings where practical

Engaging with the community
We do not just consult with local 
communities at the planning stage 
– we also engage with them during 
the construction phase. Activities 
include visiting local schools or 

organising visits to our sites to 
encourage children to understand 
the dangers of construction sites.

Living in a McCarthy & 
Stone development
Our Retirement Living and Assisted 
Living developments have a House 
Manager or Estate Manager on-site 
during working hours or up to 24 hours 
a day, respectively. Since 2010 those 
services have been provided in all 
new developments by our in-house 
management services companies. 
Their role is not only to help deal with 
any issues that our homeowners may 
have but also to help create a friendly 
and communal environment where the 
homeowners can, if they wish, seek 
companionship and make new friends. 

We are very proud of the work of our 
management services business in 
promoting social interaction among 
our homeowners. In FY16, there were 
between 1,700 and 1,900 events 
held across our developments each 
month. Social events are organised in 
our homeowners’ lounges and range 
from coffee mornings, film and quiz 
nights, music evenings, exercise and 
craft classes and local interest talks 
and events. Participation and feedback 
from homeowners is very encouraging.

To support this, the Group has set 
up a ‘community fund’ which can be 
spent at the House/Estate Manager’s 
discretion with the aim of engendering 
a sense of community within the first 
year of each new development. 

We are very pleased that two of our 
developments, Rockhaven Court 
in Horwich and Queen Elizabeth 
Court in Kirkby Lonsdale won 
awards at the National Housing for 
Older People Awards 2015. These 
awards celebrate the best specialist 
housing for older people and are 
voted for by residents and staff.

In April 2016, we published a report 
in partnership with the cross-party 
think tank Demos entitled ‘Building 
Companionship: how better design 
can combat loneliness in later life’ 
which highlighted the social benefits 
of our developments, particularly in 
addressing the issue of loneliness 
among older people. The report 
showed that our homeowners feel 
much higher levels of companionship 
and have more social interaction since 
moving into one of our developments.

Building Companionship: how better design can combat loneliness in later life
Results of the survey comparing our homeowners with the over 55s in general housing

All ages of 
population

55–64 

65–74

75 +

McCarthy & Stone 
homeowners

Age of people surveyed

There is a sense of community 
among the people who live 
in my housing development/
neighbourhood or street

There are sufficient social events 

for my age group

38%

36%

53%

56%

49%

42%

58%

51%

85%

73%

94.4%

Of waste was diverted from 
landfill in FY16

85%

Of our homeowners feel there 
is a sense of community  
in their developments

1,700+

In FY16 between 1,700 and 1,900 
social events were held across our 
developments every month

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    47

Creating a culture of 
excellence and a great 
place to work
Our people are vital to the continued 
growth and success of our business. 
The Group recognises that attracting 
and retaining employees is only 
possible if we provide the right working 
environment, appropriate reward and 
recognition schemes and opportunities 
for personal development and training. 

At 31 August 2016, the Group employed 
1,344 people (FY15: 1,158). This figure 
excludes the Estates Management 
teams, subcontractors and agency 
workers. Some 48% of employees in 
the main business are employed on 
sites or at developments or as House 
Managers with the balance based 
in our regional and central offices.

Directors of  

the Company 
(including NEDs)

Employees in senior 

management positions 
including Directors of 
subsidiary companies

Total employees of the 

Male

Female

6

1

98

24

Group (excluding NEDs) 699

645

At the end of the financial year 48% 
of all employees were female and 
45% were over the age of 50.

Diversity and inclusivity
The Group is committed to 
promoting policies to ensure that 
those who are employed by the 
Group’s businesses are treated 
equally, regardless of status,  
gender, sex, age, colour, race  
or ethnic origin.

We give full consideration to 
applications for employment from 
persons with disabilities where the 
requirements of the job can be 
adequately fulfilled by a person with 
a disability. Should any employee 
become disabled, it is the Group’s 
policy, wherever possible, to 
continue the employment of that 
person. It is the Group’s policy to 
provide equal opportunities for the 
training and career development of 
employees with disabilities.

Our commitment to our customers 
has been recognised by us gaining the 
prestigious HBF Five Star customer 
satisfaction award for a record 11 
consecutive years – making us 
the only major housebuilder of any 
size or type to achieve this award 
every year since its inception. 

Helping our homeowners to reduce 
their carbon footprint
During 2016, we began a roll-out of 
smart electricity meters across our 
developments. These allow us to 
monitor usage on a real time basis, 
both in terms of kWh and cost, 
of electricity used within shared 
areas on a half-hourly basis. As at 
31 August 2016, 57 developments 
had these new smart meters installed, 
representing approximately 22% of the 
Group’s managed developments. 

The data from the new meters has been 
received enthusiastically by homeowners 
with energy savings already starting to be 
seen. Some of the benefits include: 
laundry facilities being used outside of 
peak hours when electricity is cheaper; 
windows and doors being kept shut 
when heating is on; and heating being 
turned down when not required.

Smart gas meters are also being rolled 
out across the Group’s Assisted Living 
developments which use gas. 

With the planned deregulation of the 
English water market in April 2017, we are 
planning to install smart water meters to 
measure water usage across our 
developments with the aim, again, being 
to reduce the volume of water used.

Charitable donations and 
community contributions
We always try to contribute to 
communities both around our 
developments and our offices. This is 
done regionally and can take the form of 
charitable donations or time donated by 
our employees, particularly focusing on 
local charities and local community 
groups. In addition, our Corporate 
Centre has a monthly charity collection, 

with the chosen charity, typically a small 
local organisation, being nominated by a 
member of staff. 

Case study:  
Fernheath Play Association
Since June 2015, McCarthy & Stone  
has pledged £24k to Fernheath  
Play Association, a Bournemouth-
based charity. Fernheath Play 
Association offers play facilities to 
local disabled and disadvantaged 
children and our two-year 
commitment has contributed 
towards much-needed staffing of 
the centre after it was forced to 
suspend its play work for the first 
time in 38 years, and has allowed it 
to reopen during school term times.

The Association is the only fully 
inclusive play and short breaks 
centre in Bournemouth, meaning 
all children who attend have the 
ability to interact and engage in 
imaginative play. The Association 
has a wide range of outdoor 
equipment, as well as indoor spaces 
for activities, table top games, 
and play and sensory rooms.

We are delighted to support 
Fernheath Play Association 
in its important role in helping 
the local community. 

From left to right  
Joe Elston, Fernheath Play Manager; 
Gary Day, our Land and Planning 
Director; Paddy Williamson,  
Fernheath Play Chairperson;  
and Conor Burns, MP and Fernheath 
Play Patron

48%

Of our workforce was female  
at 31 August 2016

19%

Of our senior management at year 
end were female

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201648    McCarthy & Stone plc

Corporate Social Responsibility continued

Employee communications
We communicate with our employees through a variety of channels including regular 
updates and the Group’s quarterly staff newsletter. Group-wide business updates led 
by our Chief Executive Officer on the business strategy provide employees with an 
opportunity to provide feedback to management.

Employee survey
Our latest all-employee survey was carried out in October 2015. The response rate 
was 90%, up from 87% in 2014. The results showed some extremely encouraging 
year-on-year improvements compared with the 2014 results, which were already  
well ahead of external benchmarks. Significant improvements were made against  
our five key employee engagement metrics.

2015 
%

2014 
%

External 
benchmark 
%

I am proud to work for McCarthy & Stone
I would be happy to recommend McCarthy & Stone 

as a place to work

I feel a sense of belonging at McCarthy & Stone
I feel valued for the work I do 
I am clear about how my role contributes to 

McCarthy & Stone’s success

89

81
76
74

91

79

68
61
62

82

76

74
54
44

62

Recognition of achievements
Our values, which were chosen by our employees, are the standards to which we 
hold ourselves accountable and reflect the way we work, the way we communicate 
and the way we act.

Our values are:
Passion
Responsibility
Innovation
Determination
Excellence

We celebrate and recognise employees who go the extra mile for a customer or 
colleague through our quarterly and annual PRIDE awards. Our progress is illustrated 
by our most recent employee survey, which identified that 89% of our employees are 
proud to work for McCarthy & Stone.

Any staff member can nominate a colleague for an instant PRIDE award which is 
judged by our regional PRIDE champions. Each quarter, instant PRIDE winners are 
then put forward for quarterly awards with overall winners being judged on an annual 
basis. During FY16, 572 PRIDE awards were presented.

Our overall PRIDE champion for the year was our Senior Benefits Adviser, Colin 
Cuthbert. Colin heads up the team who offer free and confidential advice to prospective 
customers on any benefits they may be entitled to. This service reviews their individual 
circumstances and determines whether they are entitled to any Government funding, 
ranging from Pension Credits, to housing support and attendance allowance, right 
down to free television licences for the over 75s. The service has helped almost 500 
customers access £2m of unclaimed benefits in the last year.

Employee involvement
Employees are encouraged to participate 
in the success of the Group and during 
the year two share schemes were 
introduced: a share save plan (SAYE) 
and a share incentive plan (SIP). Both 
schemes are open to all employees. 
The SAYE savings contracts are for 
either three or five years. Neither scheme 
is subject to performance conditions.

NHBC Pride in the Job Awards
We are extremely pleased that our 
standards are recognised externally. 
In 2016, ten of the Group’s Site 
Managers were awarded NHBC Pride 
in the Job Awards. These awards 
are the industry’s most prestigious 
awards programme and recognise 
Site Managers who achieve the 
highest standards of housebuilding 
and who demonstrate the highest 
qualities of workmanship, leadership, 
technical expertise and health and 
safety awareness. Our Pride in 
the Job Award winners will now 
progress to the next stage of the 
awards process in the autumn. 

Apprentices and trainees
We offer aspiring site managers the 
opportunity to learn hands-on skills on 
our construction sites whilst studying 
towards a NVQ qualification such 
as Level 4 Diploma in Construction 
and Building Services Management, 
and Supervisions and Technical 
Certificate Level 4 NHC in Construction 
and the Built Environment. We 
also participate in a Shared Trade 
Apprentice Scheme, Partnering with 
South West based subcontractors, 
and Bournemouth and Poole College. 
We hope that, once qualified, the 
apprentices will continue working for 
the Group, thus helping to alleviate 
national shortages in skilled labour the 
industry is currently experiencing.

We also offer trainee contracts in other 
departments such as Sales, Finance and 
Legal Services.

Opportunities for development
We have an ongoing commitment to 
training, and personal and professional 
development. Performance against 
objectives is formally reviewed on 
an annual basis. As well as setting 

Colin Cuthbert, Senior Benefits Adviser

90%+

Over 90% of our homeowners said 
that they would recommend us to a 
friend, a great endorsement of our 
customer-centric approach

10

NHBC Pride in the Job 
Awards in FY16

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    49

at Assisted Living developments a 
member of the Estate Management 
team is typically on site 24 hours a day. 

All our House Managers and Estate 
Managers have basic first aid training 
and are qualified to make initial 
assessments on minor trips and falls. 
Any incident involving a homeowner 
on one of our developments will have 
a full inquiry performed by our health 
and safety team with a view to ensuring 
the incident is not repeated. There 
were five RIDDOR incidents at our 
developments during FY16, only two 
of which could be attributed to us. 

Offices
All offices have a qualified first 
aider whose training is refreshed 
annually. All staff are also required to 
complete a desk-based questionnaire 
concerning their desk space 
and seating arrangements.

In 2014, we brought our health and 
safety training in-house, allowing us  
to tailor the courses to our needs.  
We have introduced training for staff  
to enable them to become increasingly 
self-supporting in their management 
of health and safety. During FY16, the 
Group delivered 355 in-house training 
courses for employees and 178 in-house 
training courses for contractors. 563 
people attended safety workshops and 
12 BSG safety surgeries were held. 

Human rights
We support the United Nations’ 
Universal Declaration of Human Rights 
and have policies and processes in place 
to ensure that we act in accordance with 
our principles in relation to areas such as 
anti-corruption, diversity, whistleblowing 
and the requirements of the Modern 
Slavery Act 2015. All suppliers are 
required to confirm compliance with 
our Modern Slavery policy which 
was adopted during the year. 

Our strategic report, on pages 
01–49 has been reviewed and 
approved by the Board. 

On behalf of the Board

Clive Fenton
14 November 2016

objectives, the process includes the 
identification and implementation of a 
tailored personal development plan. 
Improvement programmes focusing on 
quality, efficiency and customer service 
provide an opportunity for all employees 
to be involved in the development of 
the Group’s business and products.

Student placement scheme 
The Group is also developing the next 
generation of housebuilders through 
a student placement scheme run in 
conjunction with Northumbria University. 
As part of the scheme, which has been 
running since 1991, students studying 
for the BSc Hons in Construction Project 
Management have the opportunity 
to spend a year working at McCarthy 
& Stone. This works well for both the 
students, who gain on-site experience, 
and for the McCarthy & Stone Group, 
with many students competing for 
placements and choosing to become 
employees after they graduate. 

Four new students started their placement 
years at the Group in August 2016. In 
total, over 130 people have completed 
the scheme with us since it was launched 
with several scheme participants 
continuing to work for us after completing 
their degrees. Some have risen to senior 
roles in the organisation.

Building a culture of 
excellence in health  
and safety
Health and safety is a top priority 
for the Group. The Health and 
Safety Operations Director reports 
directly to the executive leadership 
team. In addition to the central 
team who determine our health and 
safety strategy, we have a Group 
Construction Health and Safety 
Manager and regional advisers.

Construction sites
On site, we emphasise both a proactive 
approach to health and safety as well as 
underlining the individual responsibility 
every site worker has for their and 
their colleagues’ health and safety. All 
staff (both employees and contractors) 
are required to have adequate health 
and safety qualifications before 
starting work on one of our sites and 

98.7%

Average score achieved in 
FY16 against the BSG’s 
‘generally complies’ criteria

all contractors are required to hold a 
valid Construction Skills Certification 
Scheme Card. This evidences that 
the contractor has the relevant skills 
required for their role, including 
understanding the health and safety 
implications of the work they perform.

We require all our Site Managers and 
Assistant Site Managers to have the 
Construction Industry Training Board’s 
(CITB) Site Management Safety Training 
Scheme qualifications and to be 
qualified first aiders. There must be a 
qualified first aider on site at all times.

During FY16, we reported nine incidents 
under the Reporting of Incidents 
Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences 
Regulations (RIDDOR) to the Health and 
Safety Executive.

We employ the BSG to undertake 
independent audits of our construction 
sites throughout the year and they visit 
each site every three weeks during the 
build process. During FY16, our average 
score was 98.7%, which was achieved 
by scoring 1,326 points in 1,032 visits. 
These audits help the Group move 
closer to its goal of achieving a culture 
of excellence in health and safety. 

Since 2015, the Group has entered its 
sites for the NHBC Health and Safety 
Awards. These have been running for 
seven years, and recognise and reward 
the very best in health and safety, with 
the aim of driving up standards, and 
showcasing and sharing best practice. 

During FY16, we received five NHBC 
Health and Safety commendations 
with one site going on to receive a 
highly commended award. In FY15, 
we received two commendations and 
one highly commended award. We 
have also been nominated for four 
awards from BSG for FY16. In FY15, 
we were BSG’s UK member of the 
year and also received two regional 
awards and two site manager awards.

Managed developments
At 31 August 2016, we were managing 
264 developments occupied by over 
12,000 homeowners. At our Retirement 
Living developments, a House Manager 
is on-site during working hours and 

5

NHBC Health and Safety 
commendations in FY16 with 
one site going on to receive a 
highly commended award

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201650    McCarthy & Stone plc

Board of Directors

John White
Non-Executive Chairman

Experience
John White was appointed as the Independent 
Non-Executive Chairman of the Group in 
September 2013 and is Chairman of the 
Nominations Committee. He was Group 
Chairman of Persimmon plc, a position he held 
between April 2006 and April 2011, having 
previously been Group Chief Executive Officer 
since 1993. He has spent all his working life 
in the housing industry and has unrivalled 
experience of working within the sector.

John is also Deputy Chairman of 
Northampton Saints plc and a director of 
Northampton Rugby Football Club Limited.

Committees
Chairman of Nominations Committee and 
member of Remuneration Committee.

Frank Nelson
Senior Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Experience
Frank Nelson joined the Board in November 
2013 and is the Senior Independent Director and 
Chairman of the Risk and Audit Committee. He is 
a qualified accountant, with 30 years’ experience 
in the housebuilding, infrastructure and energy 
sectors. He was Finance Director of Galliford 
Try plc from 2000 until 2012 and was also 
responsible for their PFI/PPP activities. He was 
previously Finance Director of Try Group plc from 
1987, leading the company through its flotation 
in 1989 and subsequent merger with Galliford. 
More recently, Frank was the Interim Chief 
Financial Officer of Lamprell, the Dubai-based 
offshore construction company, where he helped 
complete a complex refinancing before leaving 
in October 2013. He is presently the Senior 
Independent Director of HICL Infrastructure, 
Telford Homes plc and Eurocell plc.

Committees
Chairman of Risk and Audit Committee, and 
member of Remuneration Committee and 
Nominations Committee.

Geeta Nanda, OBE
Independent Non-Executive Director

Mike Parsons
Independent Non-Executive Director

Experience
Geeta Nanda joined the Board in April 2015 as a 
Non-Executive Director. She has more than 28 
years’ experience in the housing sector and 
currently serves as Chief Executive Officer of 
Thames Valley Housing Association (TVHA). 
Geeta joined TVHA in 2008 and in 2013 was 
awarded an OBE for her achievements to social 
housing. Geeta is a Director of Fizzy Enterprises 
(a joint venture with Silver Arrow, a subsidiary of 
the Abu Dhabi Investment Authority) which she 
launched in 2012, as a branded market rent 
proposition. She has 23 years’ experience in 
non-executive roles and has served on the 
Boards of two housing organisations and national 
and local charities. She is currently a member of 
the coast to capital housing task force.

Committees
Member of Risk and Audit Committee, and 
Remuneration Committee.

Experience
Mike Parsons joined the Board in November 
2013 as a Non-Executive Director and is 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee. He 
founded Barchester Healthcare 23 years ago, 
following a successful career in advertising. 
Award-winning Barchester has grown rapidly, 
based on a premium positioning in the 
specialist care homes sector. The Company 
has grown organically and, through the 
acquisition in 2004 of Westminster Healthcare 
for £525m, became the fourth largest 
independent healthcare provider in the UK.

Committees
Chairman of Remuneration Committee and 
member of Risk and Audit Committee, and 
Nominations Committee.
.

Annual Report and Accounts 2016 
McCarthy & Stone plc    51

Clive Fenton
Chief Executive Officer

Nick Maddock
Chief Financial Officer

John Tonkiss
National Operations Director

Experience
Clive Fenton joined the Group as Chief 
Executive Officer in February 2014. He has a 
wealth of both housebuilding and business 
experience, having spent almost 30 years 
with Barratt Developments plc. He joined 
Barratt in 1983 and worked in a number of 
finance and operational roles before being 
appointed to the Group Board in 2003 with 
overall responsibility for all operations in the 
south of England. He was also responsible 
for group strategic land, partnership housing 
and retirement homes. More recently he 
was Chief Executive Officer of Mount Anvil, 
a development company specialising in the 
residential property market in central London.

Committees
Member of Nominations Committee.

Experience
Nick Maddock joined the Group as Chief 
Financial Officer in September 2011, having 
previously worked as Finance Director for 
Centrica’s upstream oil and gas business, 
Financial Controller at British Gas and a Director 
in Mergers and Acquisitions at ING Barings. 
Nick trained as a chartered accountant and 
chartered tax adviser at Ernst & Young.

On 11 October 2016, the Company announced 
that Nick has resigned. His departure date has 
not yet been finalised.

Committees
None

Experience
John Tonkiss joined McCarthy & Stone in 
February 2014 and became a Board Director 
in October 2015. He previously held the roles 
of Operations Director – North and Business 
Transformation Director, and became National 
Operations Director in September 2016. He 
is responsible for the Group’s nine operating 
regions and also leads the improvement 
change programme to accelerate business 
growth, enhance customer experience 
and improve operating performance. John 
was previously Chief Executive Officer of 
Human Recognition Systems, the UK’s 
leading biometric solutions provider. Prior to 
that, he worked for ten years for the Unite 
Group, the UK’s largest provider of purpose-
built student accommodation, becoming 
Group Chief Operating Officer in 2008.

Committees
None

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 2016Patrick HoleGeneral Counsel and Company SecretaryExperiencePatrick Hole joined McCarthy & Stone in July 2014. Patrick is responsible for the Legal and Company Secretarial functions of the Group. He is a qualified solicitor with more than 20 years’ post qualification experience. Patrick has been a partner in private practice for many years and also has a broad range of in-house experience, including interim roles at both DTZ and Keepmoat.52    McCarthy & Stone plc

Corporate Governance

This has been an exciting and challenging year for us as we 
moved from private to public ownership following the IPO in 
November 2015.

This Corporate Governance Report describes our governance 
structure and explains how we have applied the main  
principles of the UK Corporate Governance Code 2014 (and 
relevant updates) (the Code) (www.frc.org.uk) and the 
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the Financial 
Conduct Authority handbook (DTR Rules) since our flotation.

We believe that a solid corporate governance framework is 
essential for upholding our core business values and delivering 
our strategy and it is my responsibility to promote high 
standards of governance and business practice throughout the 
organisation. In this section of the report we explain how we 
manage our business and promote such high standards of 
governance across the Group.

Compliance with the Code
The Company has complied with the Code for the part of the 
year that we were listed with the following exceptions:
a)  The Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment were  
not for a fixed term – this has now been rectified (B2.3).

b)  Although the Risk and Audit Committee reviewed the 

internal controls and risk management during the year, the 
effectiveness review by the Board took place after year end 
in November 2016 (C.2.3).

The following sets out how we have complied with the Code.

A. Leadership
The role of the Board (A1)
The Board is responsible for operational control of the Group, 
including all strategic, financial, organisational, legal and 
regulatory matters and the Directors meet regularly to enable 
them to discharge their duties. The Company Secretary is 
responsible for ensuring that Board procedures are followed 
and that applicable rules and regulations are complied with. 
In addition, the Directors may take independent professional 
advice as required.

There is a formal schedule of matters specifically reserved 
for Board decision which was updated in November 2015 to 
ensure that it is relevant to a UK listed company. Matters which 
require Board approval include strategy and management, 
structure and capital, financial reporting, internal controls, 
contracts and expenditure and communications.

Decisions on investments and development activities are made by 
the Group Investment Committee which meets weekly and is 
chaired by the Chief Executive Officer, while major investment 
decisions are referred to the Board for approval.

The Board has established three Board Committees: Risk and 
Audit, Remuneration and Nominations. The membership of each of 
the Committees is in compliance with the requirements of the Code 
and the terms of reference of the Committees are included on our 
corporate website. Details of the activities of each of the Committees 
during the year are set out later in this document. The Company 
Secretary acts as secretary to each of the Committees.

There are nine scheduled Board meetings each year, although 
during FY16 there were 11 formal Board meetings. Attendance 
at the Board and the Committee meetings is shown below.

Director

Risk and 
Audit 
Committee 

Board 

Remuneration 
Committee 

Nominations 
Committee 

Number of meetings
John White 
Clive Fenton 
Nick Maddock
John Tonkiss1
Mike Parsons 
Frank Nelson 
Geeta Nanda2
Nils Albert3

11
11/11
11/11
11/11
11/11
11/11
11/11
11/11
3/3

3
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
3/3
3/3
2/2
1/1

5
5/5
n/a
n/a
n/a
5/5
5/5
1/1
n/a

1
1/1
1/1
n/a
n/a
1/1
1/1
n/a
n/a

1  Appointed to the Board on 5 November 2015.
2  Appointed to the Risk and Audit and Remuneration Committees on 6 November 2015.
3  Resigned on 21 October 2015.

Division of responsibilities (A2, A3)
There is a clear written policy setting out the separation of the 
roles of the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer.

I am, as Chairman, responsible for leadership of the Board 
and for ensuring that the strategic direction and objectives 
of the Group are relevant to deliver shareholder value and to 
promote the long-term success of the Group. I lead the Board 
in its constructive challenge of the executive management and 
ensure that Board discussions are searching and forward-
thinking. I am also responsible for promoting high standards 
of corporate governance and good business practice.

Clive Fenton, our Chief Executive Officer, is responsible for the 
day-to-day management of the operational activities of the 
Group and the development and innovation of the Group’s 

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    53

business. He leads the executive team in implementing the 
strategies and objectives agreed by the Board and in delivering 
operational performance and success.

Non-Executive Directors (A4)
The Board currently has three Non-Executive Directors – 
Frank Nelson, Mike Parsons and Geeta Nanda – who have 
all been appointed during the past three years. Their previous 
experience of either the housing sector or providing services 
to the elderly add valuable skills and input to the Board. 

Frank Nelson is the Senior Independent Director. Nils Albert was 
a Non-Executive Director who resigned on 21 October 2015.

B. Effectiveness
Board composition and independence (B1)
The appointment and replacement of the Company’s Directors 
is governed by the Company’s Articles of Association, the 
Companies Act and the individual service contracts and terms 
of appointment of the Directors. The Articles permit a 
maximum of 12 Directors.

The Board currently comprises the Chairman (who was 
independent on appointment), three Executive Directors and 
three Independent Non-Executive Directors. Short biographical 
details of each of the Directors are set out on pages 50 and 51.

Induction, development and support (B4, B5)
On joining the Board, each Director is provided with a full 
introduction to the business and in order to assist the Directors 
in their ongoing understanding of the business, some of the 
Board meetings are held at the regional offices to provide an 
opportunity for the Directors to meet local management and to 
visit some of the Group’s developments. Papers are circulated 
in a timely manner to enable the Directors to undertake full and 
detailed consideration of the agenda items in advance of the 
meeting and each of the Directors has access to the services 
of the Company Secretary.

Board evaluation (B6)
An evaluation of the performance of the Board, its members and 
Committees was carried out during FY16 by the Nominations 
Committee and details of the evaluation process and findings 
are included in the Nominations Committee Report on page 54.

C. Accountability
Reporting (C1)
The Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities is on page 80. The 
viability statement is on page 39. The Independent Auditor's 
Report is on pages 81 to 85. The statement on going concern 
is on page 79. Details of the Board’s arrangements to ensure 
that the information presented in this report is fair, balanced 
and understandable is set out on page 80.

At its meeting in August, the Nominations Committee 
considered the independence of the individual Directors 
and confirmed that there are no independence issues, 
notwithstanding the fact that two of the three Non-Executive 
Directors, Frank Nelson and Mike Parsons, were included in 
the Company’s Management Incentive Plan which was put 
in place in 2013 and was wound up in November 2015. Their 
participation in the plan is a reflection of the different ownership 
structure of the Company at that time. Since Admission, 
the Non-Executive Directors have not been included in 
any of the Group’s share plans or bonus arrangements.

Risk management and internal controls (C2)
Details of the risk management process and the principal risks 
facing the Group are set out on pages 38 and 41. The Board 
is responsible for the system of internal controls, which are 
designed to manage the business risks faced by the Group, 
and for reviewing the effectiveness of those controls. Business 
targets are set within appropriate timeframes; policies, 
procedures and control processes for managing the Group’s 
business activities have been put in place; and key financial 
risks are controlled through clearly laid down authorisation 
levels and segregation of accounting duties.

Appointments and commitment (B2, B3, B7)
The date of appointment of each of the Directors is set out on 
pages 50 and 51 – none of the Directors has served for more 
than six years. Nils Albert, who had been appointed by our 
largest private equity investor, resigned on 21 October 2015 
and John Tonkiss, National Operations Director, joined the 
Board on 5 November 2015. There have not been any changes 
to the Board composition since we listed in November 2015. 
Appointments now fall under the remit of the Nominations 
Committee who will lead the process in selecting any new 
Directors before making recommendations to the Board. The 
Nominations Committee is working with senior management 
to ensure that satisfactory succession plans are in place.

The Directors’ service contracts and letters of appointment set 
out the time commitment expected to fulfil their role. The Board 
is satisfied that each of the Directors has committed sufficient 
time and input during the year to enable him/her to fulfil his/her 
duties as evidenced by the 100% attendance at all the Board 
and relevant Committee meetings throughout the year.

The Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment were 
put in place when the Company was still in private equity 
ownership and were not for fixed three year terms. This has 
been rectified since year end through variation letters.

The Risk and Audit Committee, together with the Internal Audit 
function, has identified the principal risks facing the Group and 
has established systems for evaluating and managing those 
risks. These systems have been in place for the whole of the 
year under review and up to the date of this report. Further 
information can be found on pages 56 and 57, and 38 and 39.

Audit and Auditors (C3)
Details of the work of the Risk and Audit Committee and the 
auditors are set out on pages 56 and 57.

D. Remuneration
Details of Executive Directors’ remuneration and the Group’s 
approach to remuneration policy are set out on pages 58 to 77.

E. Relations with shareholders
Although most direct shareholder contact is by the Chief Executive 
Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, feedback is communicated 
back to the other Directors primarily through reports to the Board 
and copies of analysts’ presentations.

It is anticipated that all members of the Board will attend the 
AGM in January 2017 and that the meeting will be organised 
in compliance with the Code.

As the Company is included in the FTSE 350, all of the Directors 
will be required to seek re-election at each AGM. The resolutions 
for the re-election of the current Board members are included in 
the separate Notice of AGM.

John White
Chairman
14 November 2016

On behalf of the Board

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201654    McCarthy & Stone plc

Nominations Committee Report

Introduction
I am pleased to present the Committee’s report for FY16.

The Nominations Committee’s primary responsibilities are to 
review the structure, size and composition of the Board and 
its Committees, including making recommendations for 
appointments and re-elections to the Board, and succession 
planning for the Directors and senior management in 
the Group.

In our first year post-IPO, the main area of focus for the 
Committee has been to undertake an evaluation of our Board 
and its Committees and our Directors to seek to identify any 
areas where performance and procedures can be improved 
and to reassure ourselves that we have the right people leading 
our business.

The results of the evaluation process are set out below.

Membership and tenure 
Members of the Committee are appointed by the Board. 
The members of the Committee during FY16 were:

John White
Clive Fenton
Frank Nelson
Mike Parsons

Nils Albert was also a member of the Committee for part of the 
year until his resignation from the Board on 21 October 2015. 
The membership of the Committee was reviewed in advance 
of the IPO process last year. Apart from Mr Albert’s resignation, 
no further changes were considered necessary at that time.

There was one meeting of the Committee during the year: 
all the current members of the Committee attended.

Responsibilities and terms of reference 
The terms of reference, which are available on our website, 
were adopted with effect from 11 November 2015. The main 
areas of responsibility of the Committee are: overseeing the 
appointment of Directors; ensuring that the skills and 
experience of the Board remains appropriate and balanced; 
succession planning; and the annual evaluation process.

Activities during FY16
During the year the Committee reviewed the size, structure 
and composition of the Board and the performance and 
effectiveness of the Board and its Committees as well as the 
performance and contribution of each of the Directors. It was 
decided not to undertake an external evaluation during FY16. 
The Committee will review the timing of the external evaluation 
during FY17.

The Committee also reviewed the Group’s Equal Opportunities 
Policy and its own terms of reference.

Evaluation process and results
The Committee carried out a thorough, in-house evaluation 
of the Board and each of its Committees (Risk and Audit, 
Remuneration and Nominations), as well as the performance 
of each of the Directors. This was carried out by way of a 
questionnaire as well as one-to-one meetings between the 
Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors on the performance 
of the individual Directors. The review of the Chairman’s 
performance was led by the Senior Independent Director.

The effectiveness of the Board was assessed in respect of 
its structure, organisation, reporting and communications. 
Directors were also invited to make recommendations on 
how the performance and operation of the Board could 
be improved. Board performance scored, in general, quite 
highly, although there were some areas where Directors 
felt there could be improvement, including succession 
planning and greater communication with employees. 
I was particularly pleased that, compared to other Boards 
on which the Directors have served in the past, McCarthy 
& Stone’s Board is considered to be more open with an 
excellent mix of experience and a better balance between 
the Executive Directors and the Non-Executive Directors.

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    55

Some areas were identified where improvement could be 
made. The Committee has therefore set up an action plan 
to address these points, which will be reviewed again as 
part of next year’s evaluation process to compare progress 
against objectives. 

Board composition and succession planning
Board composition was already a focus for the Company 
prior to our IPO in November 2015, with emphasis on 
establishing a Board with a strong background in the 
housebuilding sector and solid listed company experience 
that could guide the Group through the listing process.

Consequently, the Board has been completely refreshed in 
the past five years, with six of the current seven Directors 
having been on the Board for three years or less.

Director

Role

Date of appointment 
to the Board

Diversity
The Group has an Equal Opportunities Policy, which commits 
us to zero tolerance of unlawful discrimination and encourages 
diversity in our workforce. The Committee reviewed the Policy 
during the year and will continue to keep this under review 
to ensure that it remains appropriate for the business.

Although the Group has not set specific gender targets, 
as we believe that appointments should be based on merit, 
we support the principle of diversity, not just at Board level 
but throughout the Group. At year end we had one female 
member of the Board (representing 14%) and 48% of our total 
workforce were female. Further breakdown is provided on 
page 47.

John White
Nominations Committee Chairman
14 November 2016

23 September 2013

Chairman
Chief Executive Officer 17 February 2014

John White
Clive Fenton
Nick Maddock Chief Financial Officer
19 September 2011
5 November 2015
John Tonkiss Operations Director
Mike Parsons Non-Executive Director 4 November 2013
Frank Nelson Non-Executive Director 18 November 2013
Geeta Nanda Non-Executive Director 1 April 2015

There have not been any Board appointments since the 
Company listed. As part of the evaluation process, it was 
identified that the composition should be kept under review 
by the Committee in order to ensure that the mix and 
experience remains relevant to our business. Due to the 
resignation of Nick Maddock, the Nominations Committee 
will be involved in the search for a new Chief Financial Officer.

The terms of reference of the Committee require a description 
and capabilities of the role to be prepared in advance of the 
recruitment process. The Committee may use the services of 
external independent advisers.

One of the areas identified in the evaluation where it was felt 
that additional attention was needed was succession planning, 
which, given the recent tenure of the current Board has not 
been a priority in the past couple of years. The Group is in 
the process of formulating a new succession plan which the 
Committee will continue to keep under review.

Retirement and re-election of Directors
In accordance with our Articles of Association and as 
a FTSE 350 company, all of our Directors are required 
to retire and those who wish to continue to serve must 
seek re-election by our shareholders at each AGM.

As part of its evaluation process, the Committee reviewed 
the experience and contribution of each of the Directors, 
before recommending to the Board that all of the Directors 
should be recommended for re-election at our AGM to 
be held in January 2017. It was felt that the breadth of 
knowledge and experience across the Board was appropriate, 
particularly at this stage in our evolution. Further details 
on each of the Directors are set out on pages 50 and 51.

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201656    McCarthy & Stone plc

Risk and Audit Committee Report

Introduction
This is my first report following our listing on the London Stock 
Exchange. We were not listed for the whole of the year under 
review and further changes were required in the membership 
of the Committee and our terms of reference to put in place 
arrangements appropriate to our new status as a listed 
company. We are confident we have the right people in place 
to drive forward the risk and audit oversight for the Group.

Membership and tenure
At the beginning of FY16 the members of the Committee were 
Frank Nelson (Chairman), John White, Nils Albert and Mike 
Parsons. Mr Albert resigned from the Board on 21 October 
2015. The membership was further amended in advance of the 
IPO and in order to ensure compliance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, when John White stepped down from the 
Committee and was replaced by Geeta Nanda. The current 
membership is therefore Frank Nelson, Mike Parsons and 
Geeta Nanda, all Independent Non-Executive Directors. 

Prior to his appointment to the Board, Frank Nelson was 
previously Finance Director of Galliford Try plc, the FTSE 250 
housebuilding and construction group for 25 years and the 
Board has determined that his recent and relevant financial 
experience makes him the ideal Director to chair the 
Committee. The Committee as a whole has competence 
relevant to our business with Frank Nelson and Geeta Nanda 
having considerable experience working in the housing sector 
and Mike Parsons having a background in providing care for 
elderly people. Further details of their background and 
experience are set out on pages 50 and 51.

Responsibilities and terms of reference
New terms of reference were approved by the Committee 
and became effective on 11 November 2015. The principal 
responsibilities of the Committee are to:
•  Monitor the integrity of the financial statements and any 

other formal announcements relating to the Group’s financial 
position and performance

•  Assess whether management has made appropriate 
estimates and judgements and to provide advice to 
the Board on whether the Annual Report and financial 
statements are fair, balanced and understandable

•  Keep under review, and monitor the effectiveness of, the 
Group’s internal controls and risk management systems
•  Monitor and review the effectiveness of the risk and internal 

audit function 

•  Monitor and review the effectiveness of the services of 

the external auditor, including negotiation of the audit fee
•  Develop and implement the policy on the supply of non-

audit services by the external auditor

•  Review the adequacy and security of the Group’s 

procedures on whistleblowing, anti-bribery and corruption 
and anti-money laundering

Activities during FY16 
During the year there were three Risk and Audit Committee 
meetings, two of which were held after our IPO with the 
schedule of the meetings planned to tie in with the annual 
audit cycle. The table on page 52 sets out attendance 
at the Committee meetings held during the year. 

Meetings can also be attended, by invitation, by other Directors 
and members of the internal audit and external audit teams, when 
deemed appropriate. The Chief Financial Officer, the Director of 
Risk and Internal Audit and the external Audit Partner attended all 
three meetings during the year. The members of the Committee 
meet with the external auditor without Executive Directors or 
management at every meeting attended by the external auditor.

During FY16 the key areas of focus for review and 
recommendation for approval to the Board were:
•  The FY15 Annual Report and Financial Statements together 

with the report from the external auditor as well as 
consideration of the going concern status of the Group
•  The Historical Financial Information for inclusion in the 

IPO prospectus

•  The half year results including the review undertaken by the 

external auditor

The Committee also received reports at each meeting on:
•  Risk and internal audit, including updates on the risk 

registers and the internal audit plan 

•  Whistleblowing and anti-bribery and corruption procedures 

and compliance

Significant financial reporting issues
Significant financial reporting issues and judgements reviewed 
by the Committee during FY16 were:
•  Accounting and tax treatment of the IPO costs – the 

Committee received a report from the Chief Financial Officer 
setting out the proposed accounting treatment under IAS 32 
of the costs that had been incurred in connection with the 
IPO. In addition, external advice was sought regarding the tax 
treatment of the IPO costs. The Committee reviewed and 
approved the proposed treatment of these costs

•  Shared equity receivables – the Committee reviewed the 
accounting treatment of future receivables due under the 
shared equity schemes that have been used by the Group 
over the years. The assumptions used in estimating the value 
of the future receivables and which are reviewed half yearly 
relate to the date of the anticipated future receipt, house price 
inflation, the discount rate and the new build premium

•  Share-based payments – external advice was sought in respect 
of charges relating to the Group’s sharesave plan and long term 
incentive plan (details of these schemes are detailed in note 
32 to the consolidated financial statements). Judgements 
had to be made around lapse rates, share performance and the 
expected outcome of performance conditions

•  Cost capitalisation of overheads – the Committee received 
a proposal from management analysing the split of overhead 
costs relating to design, planning, commercial, construction, 
procurement, and health and safety between those that could 
be attributed to the cost of the developments to inventory and 
those that relate to general business overheads to expenses. 
The assumptions are reviewed annually with the function 
heads before being proposed to the Committee

Risk management and internal controls 
Our Risk and Internal Audit function was established in the 
summer of 2014 with the following key areas of responsibility:
•  The design and implementation of a robust risk 

management framework across the Group to identify, 
monitor and manage key business risks and to establish 
a risk appetite for each key risk beyond which corrective 
action is required

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    57

The external auditor is appointed to provide audit and audit-
related services, including annual audit of the Group, Parent 
Company and non-dormant subsidiary financial statements as 
well as the half year review.

The external auditor is prohibited from providing services 
which involve:
•  Bookkeeping and other services relating to accounting 

records and corporate financial statements

•  Design and implementation of financial information systems
•  Any valuation that could have a material effect on the 

financial statements

•  Tax services that depend on a particular accounting 

treatment

•  Recruiting executives or providing advice on remuneration 

packages

•  Actuarial services
•  Management functions
•  Internal audit services
•  Legal, broker, investment adviser or investment banking 

services

•  Corporate finance or transaction services where the 

outcome is dependent on accounting treatment, or on 
a contingent fee basis if material to the audit firm, or the 
outcome involves a future or contemporary audit judgement 
relating to a material balance in the financial statements
•  Any other work that is prohibited by UK ethical guidance

The external auditor may be selected to provide any other services 
that do not fall within audit and audit-related services or that are 
not prohibited, subject to a competitive selection process.

During FY15, Deloitte LLP were appointed as Reporting 
Accountants in connection with the IPO. They were one of three 
firms to be invited to tender for this work and they were selected 
objectively on the basis of being the preferred and most 
experienced firm for the role, one of their particular strengths being 
their property expertise. A different partner within Deloitte was 
appointed to oversee these services. The Committee was satisfied 
that Deloitte managed to maintain independence, despite 
undertaking both roles at the same time. Fees payable to Deloitte 
within FY16 in relation to transaction-related audit and advisory 
services are detailed in note 6 to the consolidated financial 
statements.

Whistleblowing, fraud and anti-bribery and corruption
The Committee has reviewed and approved the Group’s 
policies and procedures on whistleblowing, anti-bribery and 
corruption, fraud and anti-money laundering and receives 
regular updates from the Company Secretary on compliance 
with the policies across the business. 

Frank Nelson
Risk and Audit Committee Chairman
14 November 2016

•  The development of an assurance programme to ascertain 
whether the controls around our key business risks are 
designed and operating effectively

Details of how the Group manages the risk process are set out 
on pages 38 and 39. The Director of Risk and Internal Audit 
reports at each Committee meeting on any changes to the risk 
register and any areas for improvement. 

An annual internal audit plan, focusing on the key risks to 
the business, is reviewed and agreed by the Committee. Its 
cycle is driven primarily by risks identified in the risk registers. 
A separate commercial internal audit plan has been put 
in place specifically to investigate the management of our 
construction activities. Findings from internal audits and 
recommended improvements are reported to the Committee. 
The Chairman of the Committee meets regularly with the 
Director of Risk and Internal Audit. Other members of the 
Committee and the Board will also meet with the Director 
of Risk and Internal Audit periodically during the year. 

The Board of Directors recognises its overall responsibility for 
the Group’s system of internal controls and for monitoring its 
effectiveness. There is an ongoing process for identifying, 
evaluating and managing significant risks. However, in reviewing 
the effectiveness of internal controls, any internal control system 
can only provide reasonable but not absolute assurance against 
material misstatement or loss.

The Board, on the recommendation of the Risk and Audit 
Committee, have remained satisfied that the system of internal 
controls continued to be effective in identifying, assessing and 
ranking the various risks facing the Group; and in monitoring 
and reporting progress in mitigating the potential impact on the 
business. Systems have been in place for the year under review 
and up to the date of approval of the Annual Report and Financial 
Statements. The Board has approved the Principal Risks and 
Uncertainties set out on pages 40 and 41 of this Annual Report. 

External auditor
The Committee is responsible for the appointment of the 
external auditor, their fee and the scope of the annual audit. 

Auditor independence and performance
Deloitte LLP have been our external auditor since FY09, the first 
audit of the Company. We have had the same Audit Partner 
since 2013 but the Audit Director has changed during that 
period. The next audit tender will take place no later than the 
end of 2018.

The performance and independence of the auditor and the 
work they perform are reviewed annually following completion 
of the external audit. The Committee remains satisfied as to the 
independence and effectiveness of Deloitte LLP.

The Company has complied throughout the reporting year 
with the provisions of the Statutory Audit Services for Large 
Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive 
Tender Processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities) 
Order 2014. 

Policy on non-audit services
It is the Group’s practice, whenever possible, to put non-audit 
work out to tender. The Board only appoints Deloitte LLP 
to provide non-audit services if the Directors have satisfied 
themselves that the auditor’s objectivity and independence 
have not been compromised. A policy on non-audit services 
has been approved by the Committee, which incorporates the 
provisions of the EU audit reform. 

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201658    McCarthy & Stone plc

Directors’ Remuneration Report
Remuneration Committee Chairman’s Annual Statement

Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to present, on behalf of the Board, the 
Remuneration Committee’s first Remuneration Report 
following the IPO, which contains the Remuneration 
Policy (subject to a binding vote) and the Annual Report 
on Remuneration (subject to an advisory vote). 

Work on the Remuneration Policy (the Policy) began 
after the IPO in November 2015 when I was appointed 
as Chairman of the Remuneration Committee. Since the 
IPO, the Committee has reviewed and built on the work 
done by the Board on the Company’s remuneration 
structure and policy in the lead up to the IPO, an 
outline of which was published in the prospectus. 

Our objective is to have a Policy which supports the 
Group’s strategy to create an efficient and scalable 
business capable of building and selling more than 3,000 
units per annum to enable us to target top-quartile sector 
margins and returns on capital over the medium term.

This Policy is designed to incentivise and motivate the 
leadership team to implement the Company’s strategic 
goals and will also ensure they are aligned with shareholder 
expectations. This has been a guiding principle for the 
Committee. This report lays out the core elements of our 
Policy and our practice during FY16.

In our Policy description we have worked to provide the 
transparency and clarity required to enable our shareholders 
to understand the intent of our remuneration. 

Remuneration Committee Members
Mike Parsons (Chairman)
Geeta Nanda
Frank Nelson
John White

Structure of the report
•  Annual Statement (pages 58 and 59)
•  'At a glance' (pages 60 to 62) 
•  Remuneration Policy (pages 63 to 74) 
•  Annual Report on Remuneration (pages 74 to 77) 

Our core principles of remuneration
•  To ensure top executives are attracted, retained and 
motivated to drive the Company in its next stage of 
development post-IPO

•  To incentivise management in creating an efficient and 

scalable business to support the growth strategy
•  To deliver long-term sustainable value to shareholders

FY16 highlights 
During FY16, the Group has been through a transitional 
process as it moved from a privately owned to a publicly listed 
corporate. During the year, the Group, the Executive Directors 
and the senior management team have continued to drive the 
Group’s investment and growth strategy and to deliver a 
high-quality product with constant focus on exceptional 
standards of customer satisfaction. Full details of the strategy 
and KPIs are contained on pages 30 to 33. 

The strategy and KPIs for the Group have been the primary 
factors in setting the Policy to ensure that there is alignment 
between performance and reward. Further details of how the 
performance measures for our annual bonus plan and long term 
incentive plan align to our strategy are outlined on page 63. 

Remuneration Committee decisions made and activity 
following the IPO
The Group’s remuneration policies and practices were 
reviewed extensively in preparation for the IPO to ensure 
appropriate remuneration arrangements were in place 
to support the Group’s strategy following the listing of 
the Company.

Following the IPO, we have taken the opportunity to 
review all the key components of remuneration to ensure 
that the proposed Policy is fit-for-purpose as a listed 
Company and aligns with our strategic objectives and 
shareholder expectations. 

In addition, we have undertaken the following activities as a 
Remuneration Committee:
•  Determined the Committee’s terms of reference
•  Approved and implemented four share incentive plans as 

detailed later in the report

•  Completed the Company’s first Remuneration Report as a 

listed Company

We shared our Policy with our top shareholders and the main 
shareholder bodies in October 2016 prior to its formal 
publication. This was a valuable opportunity to receive 
feedback on our Policy.

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    59

Other key decisions/actions taken during the year included:

a) FY16 bonus outcomes
During FY16, the Group delivered record revenue, together 
with robust growth in completions, reservations and profits. 
Notwithstanding strong 12% growth in underlying operating 
profit for the year of £107.2m (FY15: £95.3m), the more 
challenging trading conditions experienced in Q4 resulted in the 
bonus target of £129.0m (threshold £119.3m) not being achieved 
and as a result no bonus is payable relating to this KPI. 

During the year the Group exchanged on 65 good quality sites 
with attractive margins. A more measured approach to land 
acquisition was taken in light of market uncertainty in Q4. As a 
result the bonus target for land exchanges of 95 (threshold 88) 
was not met and no bonus is payable in relation to this KPI.

The Group maintains its strong financial position with £52.8m 
of net cash at the year end to invest in future land and build 
and to provide an income stream to shareholders by way of 
dividend – a commitment we made on IPO. Strong cash 
generation, the net proceeds from IPO, and a more measured 
approach to land and build investment resulted in generating a 
positive cash inflow against the target cash outflow of £58.7m. 
The Executive Directors were awarded the maximum bonus in 
relation to this KPI.

The continued focus on homeowner satisfaction has led to an 
11th year of being awarded the Five Star rating for customer 
satisfaction by the HBF. While this is a fantastic result for the 
Group, the targeted performance of 93% (threshold 91%) has 
not been achieved. Consequently, no bonus is payable in 
relation to this KPI.

b) Resignation of the Chief Financial Officer
On 11 October 2016, the Group announced the resignation 
of Nick Maddock, the Chief Financial Officer. Nick will remain 
in post and a leaving date in Q1 2017 will be agreed in due 
course. Nick has played a pivotal role in transforming McCarthy 
& Stone over the past five years during his time as the Chief 
Financial Officer and I would like to thank him for his service 
during his tenure. 

At the time of the publication of this report, details of his 
termination arrangements are being finalised by the 
Committee. The details will be published in the FY17 Directors’ 
Remuneration Report. 

Remuneration arrangements for his successor will be in 
line with the proposed Policy, if accepted by shareholders, 
and details will be published in the FY17 Directors’ 
Remuneration Report.

c) Executive Director salaries
As outlined above, our Executive Directors and the senior 
management team have continued to support the Company 
through the next stage of development as a listed organisation. 

During the year, the Committee considered the salaries for the 
three Executive Directors (effective from 1 November 2016).

As part of this review, the Chief Executive Officer was awarded 
an increase of 2% (£475,000 to £484,500). No increase was 
awarded to the outgoing Chief Financial Officer.

John Tonkiss was promoted to the newly created role of 
National Operations Director on 1 September 2016. John 
had previously been responsible for the five northern 
regions (West Midlands, East Midlands, North West, North 
East and Scotland) and upon his promotion he has taken 
on additional responsibilities for our four southern regions 
(South West, Southern, South East and North London) which 
results in John overseeing all of our regional operations.

The Committee awarded a salary rise to John comprising an 
increase as part of the annual review in line with the general 
employee population and an increase to reflect his promotion 
and additional responsibilities. John’s new salary will be 
£300,000 (from £280,000 a 7% increase). 

Under the voting regime that now governs these matters, 
two resolutions will be put to shareholders at the AGM in 
January 2017.

We will first seek approval for the Policy (pages 63 to 74). This 
outlines the Company’s Remuneration Policy for Executive 
Directors effective from the 2017 AGM. The vote is binding on 
the Company and is intended to apply for up to three years.

The second is seeking approval for the Annual Report on 
Remuneration for the financial year ended 31 August 2016 
(pages 74 to 77). It details decisions and actions taken by the 
Committee based on the performance of the Group and 
remuneration consequences. This section of the report is 
subject to an annual advisory vote.

Full details of the resolutions are set out in the separate Notice 
of AGM.

Our goal has been to be thoughtful and clear in the layout of 
both parts of the report and I look forward to your support on 
both resolutions.

Mike Parsons
Remuneration Committee Chairman
14 November 2016

Notes
An evaluation of the Remuneration Committee's effectiveness will be conducted after 
a full year of operation.

This report has been prepared in accordance with Schedule 8 to the Large and 
Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 as 
amended in 2013, the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code and the 
Listing Rules. The report consists of three sections:
•  The Annual Statement by the Remuneration Committee Chairman and associated 

'at a glance section'

•  The Policy which sets out the Company’s Remuneration Policy for Directors and 
the key factors that were taken into account in setting the Policy. This Policy is 
intended to apply for three years from its date of approval at the 2017 AGM
•  The Annual Report on Remuneration which sets out payments made to the 

Directors and details the link between Group performance and remuneration 
for FY16

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 2016 
60    McCarthy & Stone plc

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

At a glance
Introduction
In this section, we set out the remuneration outcomes for FY16 and an overview of our proposed Remuneration Policy for FY17 
(subject to a binding vote by shareholders at our 2017 AGM).

2016 FINANCIAL YEAR
Remuneration outcomes
FY16 was a transitional year for the Company as we successfully floated in November 2015 to become a listed Company.  
This marks a significant change for the Company and for the roles of our Executive Directors. 

Our FY16 results and the associated annual bonus outcomes outlined below reflect the performance measures and targets  
put in place from the start of the financial year and their level of satisfaction.

FY16 annual bonus outcomes

Performance condition

Weighting

Threshold 
performance 
required

Target 
performance 
required

Maximum 
performance 
required

Actual 
performance

Percentage 
of maximum 
performance 
achieved

Annual bonus value achieved1

Clive 
Fenton

Nick 
Maddock

John 
Tonkiss

Underlying operating 

profit2 
Cash flow 
Land exchanges
Customer satisfaction

70% £119.3m £129.0m £138.7m £107.2m
£48.4m
10% (£83.7m)
65
88
10%
90%
91%
10%

(£33.7m)
100
95%

(£58.7m)
95
93%

0%

–
100% £61,750
–
–

0%
0%

Total

100%

–

–

–

–

10% £61,750

–
–
–3 £36,400
–
–
–
–

–

£36,400

Notes:
1  Under the terms of the FY16 annual bonus, 25% for each element is payable for achieving the threshold performance, 50% is payable for achieving target performance, 

increasing to 100% for achieving maximum performance. Achievements between these points are calculated on a straight-line basis. Bonus up to 100% of salary is paid in 
cash with any bonus above 100% of salary being paid in shares which are deferred for three years subject to continued employment.

2  Underlying operating profit is calculated by adding amortisation of brand and exceptional administrative expenses to operating profit. See note 6 to the consolidated financial 

statements for further information.

3  Nick Maddock is not eligible for an annual bonus as per the rules of the McCarthy & Stone Annual Bonus Plan as he will be under notice when the bonus will be paid.

The detail of the outcomes can be found in the Annual Report on Remuneration on page 74. The FY16 bonus will be paid entirely 
in cash. No deferred shares will be awarded since 10% of the maximum performance was achieved.

Long-term incentives awarded
Awards under the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) were made on 25 November 2015 on the following basis:

FY16 LTIP awards

Executive Directors

Clive Fenton
Nick Maddock
John Tonkiss

Number of 
shares awarded

263,888
166,666
155,555

Face/maximum 
value at date of grant 
(% of salary)

100%
100%
100%

% of award 
vesting at 
threshold

25%
25%
25%

Performance 
period

3 years
3 years
3 years

The awards were granted as nil-cost share options and vesting will be subject to achieving a challenging sliding scale of earnings 
per share (EPS), return on capital employed (ROCE) and relative total shareholder return (relative TSR) against a bespoke group of 
housebuilders over a three-year performance period. The performance schedule for these measures is as follows:

Measure

Cumulative EPS
FY18 ROCE
Relative TSR1

Weighting

Threshold performance

Maximum performance

30%
30%
40%

61.4p
22%
Equal to Index

69.8p
25%
Index + 7.5% p.a.

1  The relative TSR comparator group comprises the unweighted average TSR of the following housebuilders: Barratt, Bovis, Bellway, Crest Nicholson, Persimmon, Redrow and 

Taylor Wimpey.

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    61

Equity exposure of the Board
As a result of the IPO, the Executive Directors have significant shareholdings in the Company as set out below, providing them 
with a material stake in the business.

The following chart sets out the percentage value of all subsisting interests in the equity of the Company held by the Executive 
Directors at 31 August 2016.

The Company’s minimum shareholding requirements are currently 200% of base salary for all Executive Directors.

0%

100%

200% 300% 400% 500% 600% 700%

800% 900%

Clive Fenton
(% of salary)

Shareholding requirement

Value of beneficially owned shares

Value of/gain on interests over shares  
(i.e. unvested/unexercised awards)

Nick Maddock
(% of salary)

Shareholding requirement

Value of beneficially owned shares

Value of/gain on interests over shares  
(i.e. unvested/unexercised awards)

John Tonkiss
(% of salary)

Shareholding requirement

Value of beneficially owned shares

Value of/gain on interests over shares  
(i.e. unvested/unexercised awards)

The number of shares of the Company in which current Directors had a beneficial interest as at 31 August 2016 are set out in 
detail on page 76.

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201662    McCarthy & Stone plc

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

2017 FINANCIAL YEAR
Implementation of the Policy
On IPO, the remuneration arrangements for the Group were updated to reflect the Company’s new public status and to align with 
Group strategy as we transitioned into a listed environment.

The Remuneration Committee has reviewed and considered the key components of remuneration since the IPO to ensure that the 
proposed Policy is fit-for-purpose and aligned with the expectations of a listed company.

Our proposed Policy (summarised below) has been designed to align remuneration of our Executive Directors with Group strategy 
and to drive continued success within a remuneration framework that meets the shareholder and governance expectations of a 
FTSE 250 company.

Overview of Policy for FY17

 Year

 +1

 +2

 +3

Base salary

Pension

Benefits

Annual 
bonus 
plan (ABP)
•  Cash
•  Deferred  

share award

LTIP

NED fees

The base salaries for Clive Fenton, Nick Maddock and John Tonkiss are 
currently £475,000, £300,000 and £280,000 respectively. For FY17, base 
salaries for the Executive Directors are: Clive Fenton £484,500 (2% increase), 
Nick Maddock £300,000 (no increase), John Tonkiss £300,000 (7% increase 
to reflect promotion and increased responsibilities). The new salaries are 
effective as of 1 November 2016.

The maximum contribution into the defined contribution plan or a salary 
supplement in lieu of pension will be 20% of gross base salary.

Standard benefits will be provided. See the Policy for further details.

For FY17 the maximum bonus opportunity will be 150% of salary.

The performance conditions and their weightings for the FY17 annual bonus 
are as follows:
•  Group operating profit (70%)
•  Group full year cash flow (10%)
•  Group customer satisfaction (10%)
•  Group land exchanges (10%)

One-third of any bonus earned will be in the form of deferred shares.

The ABP contains clawback and malus provisions. Please refer to page 69 for 
further details.

The performance conditions for the FY17 LTIP awards will be cumulative EPS, 
ROCE and relative TSR against the comparator housing group.

All three measures are assessed over a three-year performance period and 
are equally weighted.

For the achievement of threshold performance, 25% of the element will vest 
with straight-line vesting in between to maximum performance.

In FY17, an LTIP award of 150% of salary will be awarded to the Executive 
Directors.

The LTIP contains clawback and malus provisions. Please refer to page 69 for 
further details.

The current fees for the Non-Executive Director roles are:
•  Chairman: £230,000
•  Board fee: £53,000
•  SID additional fee: £10,000
•  Committee Chairman fee (per Committee): £10,000

The Committee proposes to implement the Policy for FY17, subject to shareholder approval at our 2017 AGM. Further details of 
the Policy and how our proposed Policy aligns to Group strategy are set out in the following section.

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    63

Remuneration Policy
Introduction
In accordance with the remuneration reporting regulations, the Policy (the Policy) as set out below will, subject to shareholder 
approval from the 2017 AGM in January, become formally effective at the conclusion of that meeting and is intended to apply for 
the period up to three years from the date of approval.

The Company’s core principles of remuneration are:
•  To ensure top executives are attracted, retained and motivated to drive the Company in its next stage of development post-IPO
•  To incentivise management in creating an efficient and scalable business to support the growth strategy
•  To deliver long-term sustainable value to shareholders

The Committee will review annually all elements of the remuneration including the base salary, annual bonus levels, proportion of 
bonus to be deferred into shares and the annual and long-term incentive performance conditions for the Executive Directors and 
selected members of the senior management team, drawing on trends and adjustments made to the remuneration of all 
employees across the Group and taking into consideration:
•  Our business strategy
•  Overall Group performance
•  Market conditions, including practice of other housebuilders
•  Views of key stakeholders of the business
•  Corporate governance considerations
•  Changing views of institutional shareholders and their representative bodies

Our Policy and its link to our Group strategy
The Group’s strategy is laid out on pages 30 and 31.

Ensuring the alignment of the proposed Policy to the Group’s strategy was key for the Remuneration Committee in developing the 
proposed Policy below. The key elements of the Group’s strategy and how its successful implementation is linked to the Executive 
Directors’ remuneration are set out in the following table.

Policy (from the date of  
shareholder approval)

Increased 
investment

Annual bonus metrics

✓

Sales 
growth

✓

The maximum bonus 
(including any part of the 
bonus deferred into an ABP 
award) deliverable under the 
ABP will not exceed 150% 
of a participant’s annual 
base salary

Land exchanges
•  The success of our 
investment and 
developing our future 
pipeline will be 
reflected through 
the number of 
land exchanges 
completed during 
the year

Profit, cash flow
•  The increase 
in sales will 
be measured 
by increased 
profitability and 
cash flow

LTIP metrics

✓

✓

Maximum annual award is 
normally 150% of salary

TSR
•  Growing the 

Awards will vest at the end 
of three years

For FY17 the performance 
conditions for awards are 
cumulative EPS, ROCE 
and relative TSR which are 
equally weighted

Company’s assets 
will be reflected in 
the value of the 
Company which 
will be measured 
through the 
Company’s relative 
TSR performance

EPS, TSR
•  An incentive to grow 
sales in the longer 
term will lead to EPS 
growth. The success 
of this element of the 
strategy should be 
reflected in long-term 
TSR performance

Share Incentive Plan 
(SIP)

Save As You Earn Plan 
(Sharesave) 

Minimum shareholding 
requirements
•  200% of salary for all 
Executive Directors

Our growth strategy

Continued  
product 
innovation

✓

Customer 
satisfaction,  
profit, cash flow
•  The efficient 

development of 
innovative products 
measured through 
customer satisfaction 
ratings will be 
reflected in increased 
profitability and 
cash flow

Operational 
efficiency

Focus on  
performance

Equity ownership 
and retention of 
shares

Retain and 
reward Executive 
Directors to deliver 
the strategy

✓

✓

✓

✓

Profit, cash flow
•  The success in 
maximising 
operational 
excellence will be 
reflected through 
increased profitability 
and cash flow

Profit, cash flow
•  The success in 

achieving top sector 
margins and return 
on capital will be 
measured by 
increased profitability 
and cash flow

✓

EPS, ROCE, TSR
•  The success 
in maximising 
operational efficiency 
will be measured 
through the long-term 
EPS as well as 
ROCE. In addition, 
sustained value 
generation will 
be reflected in 
the Company’s 
TSR performance

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201664    McCarthy & Stone plc

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Policy table

Element of 
remuneration

Base salary

How it supports the Group’s short and long-term 
strategic objectives

Operation

Provides a base level of remuneration to 
support recruitment and retention of Executive 
Directors with the necessary experience and 
expertise to deliver the Group’s strategy.

An Executive Director’s base salary is set on 
appointment and reviewed annually or when 
there is a change in position or responsibility.

When determining an appropriate level of 
salary, the Committee considers:
• Remuneration practices within the Group
• The general performance of the Group
• Salaries within the ranges paid by the 

companies in the comparator group used 
for remuneration benchmarking
• Any change in scope, role and 

responsibilities

• The economic environment

Individuals who are recruited or promoted 
to the Board may, on occasion, have their 
salaries set below the targeted policy level until 
they become established in their role. In such 
cases subsequent increases in salary may be 
higher than the general rises for employees 
until the target positioning is achieved.

The Executive Directors typically receive 
private medical insurance, life insurance and a 
car or car allowance. The Committee retains 
the flexibility to provide other benefits.

The Committee recognises the need to 
maintain suitable flexibility in the benefits 
provided to ensure it is able to support the 
objective of attracting and retaining personnel 
in order to deliver the Group strategy. 
Additional benefits may therefore be offered 
such as relocation allowances on recruitment.

The Company offers a Group Personal 
Pension scheme. The Executive Directors are 
entitled to receive a maximum employer 
contribution into the Group Personal Pension 
scheme or a salary supplement in lieu of 
pension of 20% of basic salary per annum.

Benefits

Provides a benefits package in line with 
practice relative to its comparator group to 
enable the Company to recruit and retain 
Executive Directors with the experience and 
expertise to deliver the Group’s strategy.

Pensions

Provides a pension provision in line with 
practice relative to its comparator group to 
enable the Company to recruit and retain 
Executive Directors with the experience and 
expertise to deliver the Group’s strategy.

Maximum opportunity

The Committee ensures that maximum 
salary levels are set in line with 
companies of a similar size to McCarthy 
& Stone, operating in a similar sector. 

The companies in the comparator group 
are the constituents of the FTSE 250 
and sector peer organisations of  
a similar size.

The Committee intends to review the 
comparator groups each year and may 
add or remove companies from the 
group as it considers appropriate. Any 
changes to the comparator group will be 
in the section headed Implementation of 
Remuneration Policy, in the following 
financial year.

In general salary increases for Executive 
Directors will be in line with the increase 
for employees.

The Company will set out in the section 
headed Implementation of Remuneration 
Policy Executive Director salaries for that 
year and the following year.

The maximum will be set at the cost of 
providing the benefits described.

The maximum contribution into the 
Group Personal Pension scheme or a 
salary supplement in lieu of pension will 
be 20% of gross basic salary.

The Company will set out in the section 
headed Implementation of Remuneration 
Policy, in the following financial year the 
pension contributions for that year for 
each of the Executive Directors.

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    65

Maximum opportunity 

Performance metrics

The maximum bonus (including 
any part of the bonus deferred 
into shares) deliverable under 
the ABP will not exceed 
150% of a participant’s annual 
base salary.

An award under the ABP is subject 
to satisfying financial and strategic/
operational performance/personal 
performance conditions and targets 
measured over a period of one 
financial year.

Percentage of bonus 
maximum earned for levels 
of performance:
• Threshold: 25% of 
maximum bonus
• On target: 50% of 
maximum bonus
• Maximum: 100% of 
maximum bonus

The annual bonus will be paid 
in cash and deferred shares.

A minimum of 50% of the bonus shall 
be  based on financial performance 
measures. The Committee will determine 
the bonus to be delivered following the 
end of the relevant financial year.

The Committee is of the opinion that 
given the commercial sensitivity arising 
in relation to the detailed financial targets 
used for the bonus, disclosing precise 
targets for the ABP in advance would 
not be in shareholder interests. Targets, 
performance achieved and awards 
made will be published at the end of the 
performance period so shareholders can 
fully assess the basis for any pay-outs 
under the ABP.

In exceptional circumstances the 
Committee retains the discretion to:
• Change the performance measures 

and targets and the weighting attached 
to the performance measures 
and targets part-way through 
a performance year if there is a 
significant and material event which 
causes the Committee to believe the 
original measures, weightings and 
targets are no longer appropriate

• Make downward or upward 

adjustments to the amount of bonus 
earned resulting from the application  
of the performance measures, if the 
Committee believe that the bonus 
outcomes are not a fair and accurate 
reflection of business performance

Any adjustments or discretion applied by 
the Committee will be fully disclosed in 
the following year’s Remuneration Report.

Element of 
remuneration

How it supports the Group’s short 
and long-term strategic objectives

Operation

Annual and 
Deferred Bonus 
Plan (ABP)

The ABP provides a significant 
incentive to the Executive 
Directors linked to 
achievement in delivering 
goals that are closely aligned 
with the Group’s strategy 
and the creation of value 
for shareholders. 

In particular, the ABP supports 
the Company’s objectives 
allowing the setting of annual 
targets based on the business 
strategy at the time, meaning 
that a wider range of 
performance metrics can 
be used that are relevant 
and achievable.

The Committee has discretion 
to defer part of the bonus 
earned in shares under 
the ABP.

The advantage of deferral is:
• Increased alignment 

between Executive Directors 
and shareholders created 
through deferred shares 
and the increased equity 
stake of management in 
the Company

• Vesting of deferred shares 
are subject to an Executive 
Director’s continuing 
employment, which provides 
an effective lock-in

The Committee will determine the 
bonus to be awarded following the 
end of the relevant financial year.

The Company will set out in the 
section headed Implementation 
of Remuneration Policy, in the 
following financial year, the nature 
of the targets and their weighting 
for each year.

Details of the performance 
conditions, targets and their level 
of satisfaction for the year being 
reported on will be set out in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration.

The Committee can determine 
that part of the bonus earned 
under the ABP is delivered as  
an award of shares.

The maximum value of  
deferred shares is 50%  
of the bonus earned.

The portion of bonus earned to 
be deferred into Company shares 
for the year being reported on will 
be set out in the Annual Report 
on Remuneration.

The main terms of these 
awards are:
• Minimum deferral period of 
three years, during which 
no performance conditions 
will apply

• The participant’s continued 

employment at the end of the 
deferral period unless he/she 
is a good leaver

The Committee may award 
dividend equivalents on those 
shares to the participants to 
the extent that they vest.

The Committee has the 
discretion to apply a holding 
period of two years post vesting 
of deferred shares.

The ABP contains clawback and 
malus provisions. Please refer to 
page 69 for further details.

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201666    McCarthy & Stone plc

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Element of 
remuneration

LTIP

How it supports the Group’s short 
and long-term strategic objectives

Operation

Maximum opportunity 

Performance metrics

Normal annual maximum 
value of 150% of annual base 
salary based on the market 
value at the date of grant set 
in accordance with the rules 
of the LTIP.

In exceptional circumstances 
the Committee may grant an 
award with a maximum of 
200% of annual base salary.
• 25% of the award will vest 
for threshold performance
• 100% of the award will vest 
for maximum performance

There is straight-line vesting 
between these points.

The purpose of the LTIP is 
to incentivise and reward 
Executive Directors in relation 
to long-term performance 
and achievement of Group 
strategy.

This will better align 
Executive Directors’ interests 
with the long-term interests 
of the Group and act as a 
retention mechanism.

The use of relative TSR 
measures the success of 
the implementation of the 
Group’s strategy in delivering 
a return above our 
peer group.

The use of three-year 
EPS and ROCE ensures 
Executive Directors are 
focused on sustainable 
long-term financial 
performance.

Awards are granted annually 
to Executive Directors in the 
form of a conditional share 
award or a nil-cost option.

Details of the performance 
conditions for grants made 
in the year and the future 
financial year will be set  
out in the Annual Report  
on Remuneration.

Awards will vest at the end of 
a three-year period subject to:
• The Executive Director’s 
continued employment 
at the date of vesting

• Satisfaction of the 

performance conditions

The Committee may award 
dividend equivalents on 
awards to the extent that 
these vest.

The Committee has the 
discretion to apply a holding 
period of two years post 
vesting of LTIP awards.

The LTIP contains clawback 
and malus provisions. 
Please refer to page 69 
for further details.

The performance conditions for the 
FY17 LTIP awards are cumulative 
EPS, ROCE and TSR. The weightings 
of which are outlined on page 62.

The Committee may change the 
balance of the measures, or use 
different measures for subsequent 
awards, as appropriate.

No material change will be made 
to the type of performance 
conditions without prior 
shareholder consultation.

In exceptional circumstances the 
Committee retains the discretion to:
• Vary, substitute or waive the 

performance conditions applying 
to LTIP awards if the Committee 
considers it appropriate and that 
the new performance conditions 
are deemed reasonable and are 
not materially less difficult to satisfy 
than the original conditions
• Make downward or upward 

adjustments to the amount vesting 
under the LTIP resulting from the 
application of the performance 
measures if the Committee believe 
that the outcomes are not a fair and 
accurate reflection of business 
performance

In accordance with the legislation the 
Company may impose objective 
performance conditions and/or 
length of service/hours worked/level 
of remuneration to determine the 
level of awards made under the SIP.

All employee 
share plans – SIP 
and Sharesave 

The SIP and Sharesave 
are all employee share 
ownership plans which have 
been designed to encourage 
all employees to become 
shareholders in the Company 
and thereby align their 
interests with shareholders.

Executive Directors are 
eligible to participate in both 
the SIP and Sharesave.

The maximum level of 
participation set by 
legislation from time to time.

The Executive Directors shall 
be entitled to participate in 
any other all employee 
arrangement implemented by 
the Company. 

Minimum 
shareholding 
requirement 

The Committee has adopted formal shareholding guidelines that will encourage the Executive Directors to build up over a five-year period 
and then subsequently hold a shareholding equivalent to a percentage of base salary. Adherence to these guidelines is a condition of 
continued participation in the equity incentive arrangements. This requirement ensures that the interests of Executive Directors and those of 
shareholders are closely aligned.

Currently the requirement is for all Executive Directors to build up a shareholding equal to 200% of salary.

The Committee retains the discretion to increase the shareholding requirements.

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    67

Illustrations of the application of the Policy
The charts below illustrate the remuneration that would be paid to each of the Executive Directors, based on salaries at the start of 
FY17, under three different performance scenarios: (i) minimum; (ii) on-target; and (iii) maximum. The table below these charts sets 
out the assumptions used to calculate the elements of remuneration for each of these scenarios. The elements of remuneration 
have been categorised into three components: (i) fixed; (ii) annual bonus (including deferred bonus); and (iii) LTIP.

Chief Executive Officer (Clive Fenton) (£’000)

Chief Financial Officer (Nick Maddock) (£’000)

Maximum

 30%

 35%

 35%

 2,062

Maximum

 30%

 35%

 35%

 1,281

On-target

 42%

 25%

 33%

 1,445

On-target

 42%

 25%

 33%

 899

Minimum

 100%

 609

Minimum

 100%

 381

n Fixed   n Bonus   n LTIP

n Fixed   n Bonus   n LTIP

National Operations Director (John Tonkiss) (£’000)

Maximum

 30%

 35%

 35%

 1,276

On-target

 42%

 25%

 33%

 893

Minimum

 100%

 376

n Fixed   n Bonus   n LTIP

Element

Fixed

Description

Minimum

Salary, benefits1 and pension

Included

Target

Included

Maximum

Included

Annual bonus Annual bonus (including 

No annual variable

50% of maximum bonus 100% of maximum bonus

deferred shares)

Maximum opportunity of 
150% of salary

LTIP

Award under the LTIP

No multiple year variable 65% of the maximum 

award

100% of the maximum 
award

Maximum annual award of 
150% of salary

Notes:
1  Based on FY16 benefits payments as per the Single Figure Table. The actual benefits paid for FY17 will only be known at the end of the financial year.
2  See page 74 for the Single Figure Table and the accompanying notes.
3 

In accordance with the regulations share price growth has not been included. In addition, dividend equivalents have not been added to the deferred shares and LTIP awards.

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 2016 
68    McCarthy & Stone plc

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Pay at risk
The charts below set out the single figure for each Executive Director based on whether the elements remain 'at risk'. For example:
•  Payment is subject to continuing employment for a period (deferred shares and LTIP awards)
•  Performance conditions have to still to be satisfied (LTIP awards)
•  Elements are subject to malus or clawback for a period, over which the Company can recover sums paid or withhold vesting

Further details of what triggers clawback or malus are set out on page 69.

Figures have been calculated based on target performance (fixed elements plus 50% of the maximum annual bonus and 65% of 
the maximum LTIP). The charts have been based on the same assumptions as set out on the previous page for the illustrations of 
the application of the Remuneration Policy.

Chief Executive Officer (Clive Fenton)

0,000

0,000

0,000

0,000

Annual bonus
£363,375

LTIP
£472,388

2016/17      2017/18      2018/19      2019/20      2020/21      2021/22

Subject to malus
Subject to clawback
Subject to performance

●  £835,763  At risk
●  £484,500  Salary
●  £124,307  Pension and benefits

Chief Financial Officer (Nick Maddock)

0,000

0,000

0,000

0,000

Annual bonus
£225,000

LTIP
£292,500

2016/17      2017/18      2018/19      2019/20      2020/21      2021/22

●  £517,500  At risk
●  £300,000  Salary
●  £81,156    Pension and benefits

National Operations Director (John Tonkiss)

Subject to malus
Subject to clawback
Subject to performance

0,000

0,000

0,000

0,000

Annual bonus
£225,000

LTIP
£292,500

2016/17      2017/18      2018/19      2019/20      2020/21      2021/22

●  £517,500  At risk
●  £300,000  Salary
●  £75,782    Pension and benefits

Subject to malus
Subject to clawback
Subject to performance

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    69

Malus and clawback
In line with best practice, the ABP and the LTIP include malus and clawback provisions in order to ensure that payments  
are not made to Executive Directors in circumstances which are subsequently deemed to not have warranted a payment  
(or have warranted a reduced payment).

Malus is the adjustment of unpaid bonus and deferred shares under the ABP, outstanding LTIP awards and deferred bonus  
shares as a result of the occurrence of one or more circumstances listed below. The adjustment may result in the value being 
reduced to zero.

Clawback is the recovery of payments or vested awards under the ABP and vested LTIP awards as a result of the occurrence of 
one or more circumstances listed below. Clawback may apply to all or part of a participant’s award and may be effected, among 
other means, by requiring the transfer of shares, payment of cash or reduction of awards or bonuses.

The circumstances in which malus and clawback could apply are as follows:
•  The discovery of a material misstatement resulting in an adjustment in the audited consolidated accounts of the Company
•  The discovery that the assessment of any performance target or condition in respect of an ABP or LTIP award was based on 

error, or inaccurate or misleading information

•  The discovery that any information used to determine the number of ordinary shares subject to an ABP or LTIP award was 

based on error, or inaccurate or misleading information

•  The action or conduct of a holder of an ABP or LTIP award which, in the reasonable opinion of the Committee, amounted to 

fraud or gross misconduct

•  Events or behaviour of a holder of an ABP or LTIP award leading to the censure of the Company by a regulatory authority or 

having a significant detrimental impact on the reputation of the Group, provided that the Committee is satisfied that the relevant 
holder of an ABP or LTIP award was responsible for the censure or reputational damage and that the censure or reputational 
damage is attributable to him

Malus and clawback may be operated under the ABP and LTIP, as set out below.

Annual Bonus Plan – cash

Annual Bonus Plan – deferred shares

Long Term Incentive Plan

Malus

Up to the date of payment of  
a cash bonus

To the end of the three-year  
deferral period

To the end of the three-year  
vesting period

Clawback

Three years post the bonus 
determination

n/a

Two years post vesting

The rules of the Plans provide sufficient powers to enforce malus and clawback where required.

Discretion
The Committee has discretion in several areas of policy as set out in this report.

The Committee may also exercise operational and administrative discretions under relevant Plan rules approved by shareholders 
as set out in those rules and in relation to the SIP and Sharesave, as permitted by the relevant legislation. In addition, the 
Committee has the discretion to amend the Policy with regard to minor or administrative matters where it would be, in the opinion 
of the Committee, disproportionate to seek or await shareholder approval.

Any use of discretion will, where relevant, be explained in the Annual Report on Remuneration for the following year.

It is the Committee’s intention that commitments made in line with its policies prior to Admission will be honoured, even if the 
fulfilment of such commitments is post the Company’s first AGM following Admission, notwithstanding that they may be inconsistent 
with the Policy. 

Recruitment policy
The Company’s principle is that the remuneration of any new recruit will be assessed in line with the same principles as for the 
Executive Directors, as set out in the Policy. However, the flexibility provided by the recruitment policy will allow the Company to 
attract the best talent by providing an appropriate package. The Committee is mindful that it wishes to avoid paying more than it 
considers necessary to secure a preferred candidate of the appropriate calibre and with the appropriate experience needed for 
the role. In setting the remuneration for new recruits, the Committee will have regard to guidelines and shareholder sentiment 
regarding one-off or enhanced short-term or long-term incentive payments as well as giving consideration for the appropriateness 
of any performance measures associated with an award.

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 2016 
70    McCarthy & Stone plc

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

The Company’s detailed policy when setting remuneration for the appointment of new Directors is summarised in the table below:

Remuneration element 

Overview of recruitment policy

Principles

The Company’s principle is that the remuneration of any new recruit will be assessed in line 
with the same principles as for the Executive Directors.

Where an existing employee is promoted to the Board, the policy set out above would apply 
from the date of promotion but there would be no retrospective application of the Policy in 
relation to subsisting incentive awards or remuneration arrangements. Accordingly, prevailing 
elements of the remuneration package for an existing employee would be honoured and form 
part of the ongoing remuneration of the person concerned. These would be disclosed to 
shareholders in the Remuneration Report for the relevant financial year.

Salary, benefits and pension

These will be set in line with the Policy for existing Executive Directors.

Annual bonus

LTIP

‘Buyout’ of incentives forfeited 
on cessation of employment

Maximum annual participation will be set in line with the Company’s Policy for existing 
Executive Directors and will not exceed 150% of salary.

Maximum annual participation will be set in line with the Company’s Policy for existing 
Executive Directors and will not exceed 150% of salary in normal circumstances and 200% of 
salary in exceptional circumstances.

Where the Committee determines that the individual circumstances of recruitment justifies the 
provision of a buyout, the equivalent value of any incentives that will be forfeited on cessation 
of an Executive Director’s previous employment will be calculated taking into account  
the following:
•  The proportion of the performance period completed on the date of the Executive 

Director’s cessation of employment

•  The performance conditions attached to the vesting of these incentives and the likelihood 

of them being satisfied

•  Any other terms and conditions having a material effect on their value

The Committee may then grant up to the same value of any incentives forfeited, where 
possible, under the Company’s incentive plans. To the extent that it is not possible or practical 
to provide the buyout within the terms of the Company’s existing incentive plans, a bespoke 
arrangement will be used.

Maximum variable 
remuneration

The maximum variable remuneration which may be granted in normal circumstances 
(excluding buyouts) is 300% of salary (350% of salary if the maximum LTIP award made).

The Company’s Policy when setting fees for the appointment of new Non-Executive Directors is to apply the Policy which applies 
to the current Non-Executive Directors.

Payment for loss of office
The Committee will honour Executive Directors’ contractual entitlements. Service contracts do not contain liquidated damages 
clauses. If a contract is to be terminated, the Committee will determine such mitigation as it considers fair and reasonable in each 
case. There is no agreement between the Company and its Executive Directors or employees, providing for compensation for loss 
of office or employment that occurs because of a takeover bid. 

The Committee reserves the right to make additional payments where such payments are made in good faith in discharge of an 
existing legal obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such an obligation); or by way of settlement or compromise of any 
claim arising in connection with the termination of an Executive Director’s office or employment.

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    71

Remuneration element 

Treatment on cessation of employment

Principle

The Committee will honour Executive Directors’ contractual entitlements. If a contract is to be terminated, 
the Committee will determine such mitigation as it considers fair and reasonable in each case.

Newly appointed Executive Directors will not have a notice period of longer than 12 months.

Salary, benefits  
and pension

These will be paid during the notice period. The Company has discretion to make a payment as set out 
above. In addition, provision is retained to make a payment in lieu of notice.

The Company is entitled to dismiss an Executive Director without notice in certain specified 
circumstances, such as gross misconduct or following any serious or persistent breach of any of the 
terms of the relevant service contract.

Good leavers: Performance conditions will be measured at the bonus measurement date. Where the 
individual is eligible for a bonus, it will normally be pro-rated for the period worked during the financial year.
Other leavers: No bonus payable for year of cessation.
Discretion: The Committee has the following elements of discretion:
•  To determine that an executive is a good leaver: It is the Committee’s intention only to use this 

discretion in circumstances where there is an appropriate business case which will be explained  
in full to shareholders

•  To determine whether to pro-rate the bonus for time: The Committee’s normal policy is that it  
will pro-rate bonus for time. It is the Committee’s intention to use discretion not to pro-rate  
in circumstances where there is an appropriate business case which will be explained in full  
to shareholders

Good leavers: All subsisting deferred shares will vest at the end of the original deferral period.
Other leavers: Lapse of any unvested deferred shares.
Discretion: The Committee has the following elements of discretion:
•  To determine that an executive is a good leaver: It is the Committee’s intention only to use this 

discretion in circumstances where there is an appropriate business case which will be explained  
in full to shareholders

•  To vest deferred shares at the end of the original deferral period or at the date of cessation: The 
Committee will make this determination depending on the type of good leaver reason resulting  
in the cessation

•  To determine whether to pro-rate the maximum number of shares for the time from the date of grant 
to the date of cessation: The Committee’s normal policy is that it will not pro-rate awards for time. 
The Committee will determine whether to pro-rate based on the circumstances of the Executive 
Director’s departure

Good leavers: Pro-rated for time and performance in respect of each subsisting LTIP award.
Other leavers: Lapse of any unvested LTIP awards.
Discretion: The Committee has the following elements of discretion:
•  To determine that an executive is a good leaver: It is the Committee’s intention only to use this 

discretion in circumstances where there is an appropriate business case which will be explained 
in full to shareholders

•  To measure performance over the original performance period or at the date of cessation: The 
Committee will make this determination depending on the type of good leaver reason resulting 
in the cessation

•  To determine whether to pro-rate the maximum number of shares for the time from the date of 

grant to the date of cessation: The Committee’s normal policy is that it will pro-rate awards for time. 
It is the Committee’s intention to use discretion not to pro-rate in circumstances where there is an 
appropriate business case which will be explained in full to shareholders

There are no other contractual provisions other than those set out above agreed prior to 27 June 2012.

ABP cash awards

ABP share awards

LTIP

Other contractual 
obligations

A good leaver reason is defined as cessation in the following circumstances:
•  Death
•  Ill-health
•  Injury or disability
•  Redundancy
•  Retirement
•  Employing company ceasing to be a Group company
•  Transfer of employment to a company which is not a Group company
•  At the discretion of the Committee (as described above)

Cessation of employment in circumstances other than those set out above is cessation for other reasons and will be treated as 
‘bad leavers’.

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201672    McCarthy & Stone plc

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Change of control
The Committee’s policy on the vesting of incentives on a change of control is summarised below:

Name of Incentive Plan

Change of control discretion

ABP cash awards

Pro-rated for time and performance to the date of the change of control.

The Committee has discretion regarding whether to pro-rate the bonus for time. The Committee’s 
policy is that it will normally pro-rate the bonus for time. It is the Committee’s intention to use its 
discretion not to pro-rate in circumstances only where there is an appropriate business case 
which will be explained in full to shareholders.

ABP deferred share awards Subsisting deferred share awards will vest on a change of control.

The Committee has discretion regarding whether to pro-rate the award for time. The Committee’s 
normal policy is that it will not pro-rate awards for time. The Committee will make this 
determination depending on the circumstances of the change of control.

LTIP

The number of shares subject to subsisting LTIP awards will vest on a change of control, 
pro-rated to time and performance.

In normal circumstances the Committee will pro-rate for time. The Committee will only waive 
prorating in exceptional circumstances where it views the change of control as an event  
which has provided exceptional enhanced value to shareholders which will be fully explained  
to shareholders.

In all cases the performance conditions must be satisfied.

Non-Executive Director remuneration

Element of 
remuneration

Non-Executive 
Director and 
Chairman fees

How it supports the Group’s
short and long-term strategic
objectives

Provides a level of fees 
to support recruitment 
and retention of 
Non-Executive 
Directors and a 
Chairman with the 
necessary experience 
to advise and assist 
with establishing and 
monitoring the Group’s 
strategic objectives. 

Performance 
metrics

None.

Operation

Opportunity 

The Board is responsible for 
setting the remuneration of the 
Non-Executive Directors. The 
Committee is responsible for 
setting the Chairman’s fees.

Non-Executive Directors are paid an 
annual fee and additional fees for 
chairmanship of Committees. The 
Chairman does not receive any 
additional fees for membership 
of Committees.

Fees are reviewed annually based  
on equivalent roles in the comparator 
group used to review salaries paid to 
the Executive Directors. Fees are  
set at broadly the median of the 
comparator group.

Non-Executive Directors and the 
Chairman do not participate in 
any variable remuneration or 
benefits arrangements.

The fees for Non-Executive
Directors and the Chairman 
are set in line with the 
comparator group.

In general the level of fee 
increase for the Non-Executive 
Directors and the Chairman 
will be set taking account of 
any change in responsibility 
and will take into account 
general rise in salaries across 
the UK workforce.

The Company will pay 
reasonable expenses incurred 
by the Non-Executive Directors 
and Chairman and may settle 
any tax incurred in relation 
to these.

Executive Director contracts and letters of appointment for Chairman and Non-Executive Directors
Executive Directors

Notice periods

Name

Date of service contract

Nature of contract

From Company

From Director 

Compensation provisions 
for early termination

Clive Fenton
Nick Maddock
John Tonkiss

30 January 2014
9 August 2011
21 January 2014

Rolling
Rolling
Rolling

12 months
12 months
12 months

12 months
6 months
6 months

At the discretion of 
the Committee

Annual Report and Accounts 2016Non-Executive Directors

Name

John White
Frank Nelson
Mike Parsons
Geeta Nanda

McCarthy & Stone plc    73

Date of letter of 
appointment

24 September 2013
11 November 2013
28 October 2013
4 March 2015

The Committee’s policy for setting notice periods is that a 12-month period will apply for Executive Directors. 

The Non-Executive Directors of the Company (including the Chairman) do not have service contracts. The Non-Executive 
Directors are appointed by letters of appointment. Each independent Non-Executive Director’s term of office runs for a  
three-year period. 

The terms of the Non-Executive Directors’ positions are subject to their re-election by the Company’s shareholders at the 
AGM and to re-election at any subsequent AGM at which the Non-Executive Directors stand for re-election. 

All Directors will be put forward for re-election by shareholders on an annual basis.

The service contracts and the letters of appointment of the Directors are available for inspection at the Company’s registered 
office during normal office hours. 

Statement of considerations of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group
The Policy for all employees is determined in terms of best practice and ensuring that the Group is able to attract and retain the 
best people. This principle is followed in the development of our Policy. 

The remuneration strategy of the Company has been designed to ensure all employees share in its success through performance-
related remuneration and share ownership. On IPO the LTIP was introduced for Executive Directors and other selected members 
of senior management. Awards under the LTIP will provide alignment between senior leaders and our shareholders based on 
overall performance of the business. 

For all employees, the Company has adopted the Sharesave and the SIP. Under these Plans, all employees have the opportunity 
to purchase shares in the Company subject to certain restrictions. 

The Company does not use remuneration comparison measurements nor have employees been consulted directly on the Policy. 
In setting the Policy for Directors, the pay and conditions of other employees of the Group are taken into account, including any 
base salary increases awarded. 

The Committee is provided with data on the remuneration structure for management level tiers below the Executive Directors, 
and uses this information to ensure consistency of approach throughout the Group.

Link to objectives
The following table demonstrates how key objectives are reflected consistently in plans operating at all levels within the Group.

Objectives

Financial 
performance

Strategic and 
operational 
goals

Long-term 
value creation 
(encouraged 
through equity 
retention)

Share 
ownership

Plan

Purpose 

Sharesave/
SIP

To broaden share ownership 
and share in corporate success 
over the medium term

Eligibility

All employees

ABP

LTIP

Incentivise and reward short-
term performance. At senior 
level an element of bonus is 
deferred in shares

Executive Directors, senior 
executives, senior managers 
and managers

Incentivise and reward long-
term performance

Executive Directors and 
senior executives

✓

✓

✓

✓

 ✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201674    McCarthy & Stone plc

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Statement of consideration of shareholder views
The Committee takes the views of the shareholders seriously and these views are taken into account in shaping the Policy and 
practice. Shareholder views are considered when evaluating and setting the remuneration strategy and the Committee commits to 
consulting with key shareholders prior to any significant changes to its Policy.

The Committee consulted with the Company’s key shareholders along with the Investment Association and the Institutional 
Shareholder Services on the proposed Policy set out in this report. 

Annual Report on Remuneration
Single total figure of remuneration (audited)
Executive Directors (audited)
The table below sets out the single total figure of remuneration and breakdown for each Executive Director in respect of FY16. 

Comparative figures for FY15 have not been provided because of the change in circumstances as a result of the listing. The 
Committee does not believe that the remuneration payable in its earlier years as a private company bears comparative value to 
that which will be paid post-IPO. In the FY17 report comparative information will be provided. 

Single figure table

Clive Fenton
Nick Maddock
John Tonkiss

Period

FY16
FY16
FY16

Salary 

£467,617
£288,781
£229,445

Taxable
benefits1 

£27,407
£21,156
£15,782

Bonus2 

LTIP3 

Pension4

Total

£61,750
–
£36,400

n/a
n/a
n/a

£71,250
£54,996
£42,990

£628,024
£364,933
£324,617

1  See section below setting out details of the benefits provided.
2  Details of the bonus targets, their level of satisfaction and the resulting bonus earned are set out below. Nick Maddock is not eligible for an annual bonus as per the rules of 

the McCarthy & Stone ABP as he will be under notice when the bonus will be made.
3  First LTIP award made on 25 November 2015. No LTIP award was eligible to vest in FY16.
4  Comprises the value of Group Personal Pension scheme contributions and salary supplements in lieu of pension. See note on the following page for further details.

Taxable benefits (audited)
Benefits in the year comprised a company car or company car allowance, life assurance and private medical insurance. 

Annual bonus (audited)
In respect of FY16, the bonus awards payable to Executive Directors were agreed by the Committee having reviewed the 
Company’s results. Details of the targets used to determine bonuses in respect of FY16 and the extent to which they were 
satisfied are shown in the table below. These figures are included in the single figure table.

Performance condition

Weighting

Threshold 
performance 
required

Target 
performance 
required

Maximum 
performance 
required

Actual 
performance

Percentage 
of maximum 
performance 
achieved

Annual bonus value achieved1

Clive
 Fenton

Nick 
Maddock

John 
Tonkiss

Underlying operating profit
Cash flow 
Land exchanges
Customer satisfaction

70% £119.3m £129.0m
(£58.7m)
10% (£83.7m)
95
88
10%
93%
91%
10%

£138.7m £107.2m
£48.4m
(£33.7m)
65
100
90%
95%

0%

–
100% £61,750
–
–

0%
0%

Total

100%

–

–

–

–

10% £61,750

–
–
–2 £36,400
–
–
–
–

– £36,400

1  Under the terms of the FY16 annual bonus, 25% for each element is payable for achieving the threshold performance, 50% is payable for achieving target performance, 

increasing to 100% for achieving maximum performance. Achievements between these points are calculated on a straight-line basis. Bonus up to 100% of salary is paid in 
cash with any bonus above 100% of salary being paid in shares which are deferred for three years subject to continued employment. As the FY16 outcome is below 100% of 
salary, there is no bonus deferral.

2  Nick Maddock is not eligible for an annual bonus as per the rules of the McCarthy & Stone ABP as he will be under notice when the bonus will be paid.

No discretion was exercised by the Committee in relation to the outcome of the annual bonus awards.

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    75

Long-term incentives awarded (audited)
Awards under the LTIP were made on 25 November 2015 on the following basis:

Executive Directors

Clive Fenton
Nick Maddock
John Tonkiss

Basis of 
award 
granted  
(% of basic 
salary)

Face value 
of award1 

% of award 
vesting at 
threshold

Maximum 
percentage of 
the face value 
that could 
vest

Performance 
period

100% £612,220
100% £386,665
100% £360,888

25%
25%
25%

100%
100%
100%

3 years
3 years
3 years

Number 
of shares 
awarded

263,888
166,666
155,555

1  Face value calculated using share price at date of grant (£2.32 on 25 November 2016). As outlined on grant, the number of awards over shares was calculated by reference to 

the Company’s IPO offer price of £1.80, as permitted under the rules of the LTIP and referred to in the IPO prospectus.

Face value calculated using share price at date of grant
The awards were granted as nil-cost share options and vesting will be subject to achieving a challenging sliding scale of EPS, ROCE 
and relative TSR against a bespoke group of housebuilders. The performance schedule for these measures is as follows:

Measure

Cumulative EPS
FY18 ROCE
Relative TSR1

Weighting

Threshold performance

Maximum performance

30%
30%
40%

61.4p
22%
Equal to Index

69.8p
25%
Index + 7.5% p.a.

1  The TSR comparator group Index comprises the unweighted average TSR of the following housebuilders: Barratt, Bovis, Bellway, Crest Nicholson, Persimmon, Redrow  

and Taylor Wimpey.

Pension entitlements
The Group operates a Group Personal Pension scheme under which Executive Directors are entitled to receive contributions of up 
to 20% of salary.

The Group does not currently operate a defined benefit scheme.

Non-Executive Directors (audited)
The table below sets out the single total figure of remuneration and breakdown for each Non-Executive Director. For similar 
reasons to the single figure table for Executive Directors, no comparative information has been provided for FY15. In the FY17 
report comparative information will be provided. 

Non-Executive Directors

John White
Frank Nelson
Mike Parsons
Geeta Nanda

FY16 fees

£209,083
£68,360
£60,322
£52,283

FY16 taxable 
benefits

£2,334
–
–
–

Roles

Non-Executive Chairman
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Independent Non-Executive Director

Payments to past Directors/payments for loss of office (audited)
There were no payments in the financial year.

Statement of Directors’ shareholding and share interests (audited)
Directors’ interests in share awards
The outstanding LTIP and Sharesave awards for the Executive Directors are shown in the table below.

Director

Plan

Date of grant

Clive
Fenton

LTIP
Sharesave

25.11.15
10.12.15

Nick
Maddock LTIP

Sharesave

25.11.15
10.12.15

John
Tonkiss

LTIP
Sharesave

25.11.15
10.12.15

Number of 
awards held 
at 11.11.15

Awards 
granted

Awards 
vested

Awards 
lapsed 
during the 
year

Number of 
awards held 
at 31.8.16

Date on 
which award 
vests/ 
becomes 
exercisable

Exercise 
price (£)

Expiry date

–
–

–
–

–
–

263,888
10,752

166,666
10,752

155,555
10,752

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

263,888
10,752

Nil
1.674

25.11.18
28.01.19

25.11.25
28.07.19

166,666
10,752

Nil
1.674

25.11.18
28.01.19

25.11.25
28.07.19

155,555
10,752

Nil
1.674

25.11.18
28.01.19

25.11.25
28.07.19

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201676    McCarthy & Stone plc

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Directors’ shareholdings
At the end of FY16, the Executive Directors had each met their shareholding requirements. A summary of their shareholding 
including unvested awards is provided in the table below.

Shares held

Shares

Directors

Shareholding 
requirement 
(% salary)

Current 
shareholding
(% salary)1

Beneficially 
owned

Subject to 
performance
conditions2

Not subject to 
performance 
conditions

Vested but 
unexercised

Options

Unvested 
LTIP (nil-cost 
options 
subject to 
performance 
conditions)

Unvested 
Sharesave 
options

Shareholding 
requirement 
met?

Executive Directors
Clive Fenton
Nick Maddock
John Tonkiss
Non-Executive Directors
John White
Frank Nelson
Mike Parsons
Geeta Nanda

200%
200%
200%

824% 1,651,311
676% 825,3613
536% 578,685

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

– 1,650,192 
173,270 
–
–  173,270 
–
–

–
–
–

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

–
–
–

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

–
–
–

263,888
166,666
155,555

10,752
10,752
10,752

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

Yes
Yes
Yes

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

1  As at 31 August 2016. This is based on a closing share price of £2.043 and the year-end salaries of the Executive Directors. Values not calculated for Non-Executive Directors 

as they are not subject to shareholding requirements.

2  LTIP awards were granted in the form of nil-price share options. 
3  Since year end Nick Maddock has bought an additional 87 shares through the SIP. There have been no other changes to the shareholdings above.

Fees retained for external non-executive directorships
Executive Directors may hold positions in other companies as Non-Executive Directors and retain the fees. 

Clive Fenton, Nick Maddock and John Tonkiss do not hold any external directorships.

Comparison of overall performance and pay
The graph below shows the value of £100 invested in the Company’s shares since listing compared with the FTSE 250 index.  
The graph shows the Total Shareholder Return generated by both the movement in share value and the reinvestment over  
the same period of dividend income. 

As the Company is currently a constituent of the FTSE 250, the Committee considers this an appropriate index. This graph  
has been calculated in accordance with the regulations. It should be noted that the Company listed on 11 November 2015 and 
therefore the comparison is only for the period from 11 November 2015 to 31 August 2016.

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

Nov 2015 

Dec 2015 

Jan 2016 

Feb 2016 

Mar 2016 

Apr 2016 

May 2016

Jun 2016 

Jul 2016 

Aug 2016 

Chief Executive Officer historic remuneration
The table on the following page sets out the total remuneration delivered to the Chief Executive Officer over the last year valued 
using the methodology applied to the single total figure of remuneration. 

— FTSE 250 

— McCarthy & Stone 

The Committee does not believe that the remuneration paid in its earlier years when the Company was private bears any 
comparative value to that which will be paid post-IPO; therefore the Committee has chosen to disclose remuneration only for 
FY16. In the FY17 Report comparative information will be provided. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    77

Chief Executive Officer

Total Single Figure (£)

Annual bonus payment level achieved 
(% of maximum opportunity) 

LTIP vesting level achieved1 
(% of maximum opportunity) 

1  No award has vested under the LTIP.

FY16

628,024

10%

0%

Relative importance of the spend on pay
The table below sets out the relative importance of spend on 
pay in FY16. The Company did not exist in its current form 
during FY15 and therefore there are no relevant comparators 
for FY15. All figures provided are taken from the relevant 
company accounts. In the FY17 report comparative information 
will be provided.

Disbursements 
from profit in FY16
 (£m)

Our main responsibilities are to:
•  Determine and agree with the Board the broad Policy for  
the Executive Directors and other selected members of  
the senior management team

•  Undertake periodic reviews to assess the appropriateness 
and relevance of the Policy ensuring alignment with best 
practice principles of the UK Corporate Governance Code
•  Consider the relative importance of the Group’s expenditure 
on pay compared to the Group’s profits, dividends and 
tax paid

•  Review any major changes in employee benefit structures 
throughout the Company or Group and to administer all 
aspects of any share scheme

The Committee receives assistance from the HR Director and 
the Company Secretary, who will attend meetings by invitation, 
except when issues relating to their own remuneration are 
being discussed. The Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial 
Officer and the National Operations Director attend by invitation 
on occasions. 

Profit distributed by way of dividend
Total tax contributions
Overall spend on pay including Executive 
Directors

24.2
30.7

69.3

Advisers to the Remuneration Committee 
Following a selection process carried out by the Board  
prior to and then following the IPO of the Company,  
the Committee has engaged the services of PwC as  
independent remuneration adviser.

Change in the Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration 
compared with employees
The Committee does not believe that the remuneration payable 
in its earlier years as a private company bears comparative 
value to that which will be paid post-IPO. In the FY17 report  
this information will be provided. 

Statement of implementation of the Policy in FY17
See table on page 62.

Consideration by the Directors of matters relating to 
Directors’ remuneration
The Board has delegated to the Committee, under agreed 
terms of reference, responsibility for the Policy and for 
determining specific packages for the Executive Directors and 
other selected members of the senior management team. Prior 
to the establishment of the Committee, remuneration decisions 
were made by the Board. The Company consults with key 
shareholders in respect of the Policy and the introduction of 
new incentive arrangements. 

During the financial year PwC advised the Committee on all 
aspects of the Policy for Executive Directors and selected 
members of the senior management team. PwC also provides 
certain other non-audit services to the Group and the 
Committee is satisfied that no conflict of interest exists 
or existed in the provision of these services.

PwC is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group 
and is a signatory to its voluntary code of conduct which is 
designed to ensure objective and independent advice is given 
to remuneration committees. Fixed fees of £24,000 (FY15: £nil) 
were provided to PwC during the year in respect of 
remuneration advice given to the Committee.

Statement of voting at AGM 
The 2017 AGM will be the first AGM of the Company since 
listing and therefore there is no historic voting information.

Mike Parsons
Remuneration Committee Chairman
14 November 2016

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201678    McCarthy & Stone plc

Directors’ Report

The Directors present their report for the financial year ended 
31 August 2016.

Corporate governance statement
The information that fulfils the requirements of the corporate 
governance statement for the purposes of the FCA’s Disclosure 
Guidance and Transparency Rules can be found in the corporate 
governance information on pages 50 to 80 (all of which forms 
part of this Directors’ Report) and in this Directors’ Report.

Cross-references to other sections of the document
Disclosures that are in other sections include:

Subject matter

Section and page reference

Employee diversity and inclusivity Strategic Report, page 47
Strategic Report, page 48
Employee involvement
Strategic Report, page 45
Greenhouse gas emissions

The only disclosure required under LR 9.8.4R which is 
applicable to the year under review is details of long-term 
incentive schemes, which can be found on page 60 of the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Dividends
An interim dividend of 1.0p per ordinary share was paid on 
31 May 2016 to those shareholders on the register on 29 April 
2016. Subject to shareholder approval at the 2017 AGM, the 
Directors are proposing a final dividend for the financial year 
ended 31 August 2016 of 3.5p per ordinary share. This brings 
the total dividend for the year to 4.5p.

Directors
The names of the Directors who were Directors at year end 
and up to the date of this report are on pages 50 and 51. Nils 
Albert served as a Director until 21 October 2015 when he 
resigned from the Board. Details of the Directors’ interests in 
the share capital of the Company are set out in the Directors’ 
Remuneration report on page 76. In accordance with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code, all the Directors will be seeking 
re-election at the 2017 AGM.

The powers given to the Directors are contained in the 
Company’s Articles of Association and are subject to relevant 
legislation and, in certain circumstances, including in relation 
to the issuing or buying back by the Company of its shares, 
subject to authority being given to the Directors by 
shareholders in general meeting. The Articles of Association 
also govern the appointment and replacement of Directors.

Articles of Association
The Articles of Association may be amended in accordance 
with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 by way of a 
special resolution of the Company’s shareholders.

Share capital and control
Details of the Company’s share capital are on page 104 in note 
26 to the consolidated financial statements.

At 31 August 2015, there were 1,905,549,751 ordinary 
shares of 20p nominal value in issue. The share capital was 
reorganised in advance of the Company’s Admission to the 
London Stock Exchange:
a)  the nominal value of the ordinary shares was reduced from 

20p to 2p.

b)  a further 43,706,526 ordinary shares were allotted.
c)  the shares were consolidated so that four ordinary shares of 
2p nominal value became one ordinary share of 8p nominal 
value, giving a total of 487,314,069.25 shares; and
d)  a further 50,000,000 ordinary shares were allotted on 

11 November 2015.

At 31 August 2016, there were 537,314,069.25 ordinary shares 
of 8p nominal value in issue. A resolution to authorise the 
Company to buy back and cancel the quarter share will be put 
to shareholders at the forthcoming AGM.

The Company has one class of shares: ordinary shares of 8p 
nominal value, each of which carries the right to one vote at 
general meetings of the Company. Shares may be issued with 
such rights and restrictions as the Company may, by ordinary 
resolution, decide or, if there is no such resolution or so far as 
it does not make specific provision, as the Board may decide.

There are no restrictions on the transfer of our ordinary 
shares and there are no shares carrying special rights with 
regards to control of the Company. The Company is not 
aware of any agreements between shareholders that may 
result in restrictions on the transfer of shares or on voting 
rights. There are no specific restrictions on the size of a 
holding or on the exercise of voting rights which are governed 
by the Articles of Association and prevailing legislation. No 
person has any special rights of control over the Company’s 
share capital and all issued shares are fully paid.

Shareholder authority will be sought each year to authorise 
the Directors to allot new shares and to disapply pre-emption 
rights and to make market purchases of our ordinary shares.

By way of a special resolution dated 26 October 2015 
(prior to Admission), shareholders authorised the Company 
to allot shares other than to existing shareholders up to 
a maximum nominal value equal to 10% of the nominal 
value of the Company’s issued share capital immediately 
following Admission, being £4,298,512 nominal value 
equal to 53,731,406 shares. During FY16 options over 
6,040,285 shares were granted. The Directors are 
seeking renewal of the authority at the forthcoming AGM, 
in accordance with relevant institutional guidelines.

Purchase of own shares
By way of a special resolution dated 26 October 2015 
(prior to Admission), shareholders authorised the 
Company to purchase in the market a maximum of 
14.99% of the Company’s issued shares. No shares have 
been purchased under this authority. The Directors are 
seeking renewal of the authority at the forthcoming AGM, 
in accordance with relevant institutional guidelines.

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    79

Political donations
By way of a special resolution dated 26 October 2015 
(prior to Admission), shareholders authorised the 
Company to make political donations and political 
expenditure up to a maximum of £100,000. During the 
year the Group did not make any political donations or 
incur any political expenditure. The Directors are seeking 
renewal of the authority at the forthcoming AGM, in 
accordance with relevant institutional guidelines.

Financial instruments
Details of the Group’s financial instruments and its exposures 
to price risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and cash flow risk are set 
out in note 31 to the financial statements on pages 106 to 109.

Going concern
The Directors have assessed the Group’s business activities 
and the factors likely to affect our future performance in light of 
current and anticipated economic conditions. The Directors are 
confident that they are satisfied that the Group has adequate 
resources in place to continue in operational existence for a 
period of at least 12 months from the date of approval of the 
financial statements. For this reason, they have continued to 
adopt the going concern basis in preparing the Annual Report 
and financial statements.

The Directors are also required to provide a broader 
assessment of viability over a longer period, which can be 
found on page 39.

In making the going concern statement and the viability 
statement, the Directors have taken into account the ‘Guidance 
on Risk Management, Internal Controls and Related Financial 
and Business Reporting’ issued by the Financial Reporting 
Council in September 2014.

Disclosure of information to the auditor
Each person who is a Director of the Company as at the date 
of approval of this report confirms that:
a)  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 

information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and

b)  the Director has taken all the steps that he/she ought to 
have taken as a Director in order to make himself/herself 
aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that 
the Company’s auditor is aware of that information.

AGM
The 2017 AGM will be held on Wednesday 25 January 2017. 
Full details are contained in the Notice convening the AGM, 
which is being sent to shareholders with this Annual Report.

On behalf of the Board

Patrick Hole
Company Secretary
14 November 2016

Substantial shareholdings
As at 31 August 2016, we had been notified, in accordance 
with the rules set out in the FCA’s Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules sourcebook, of the following interests in 
our ordinary share capital:

Name of notifying entity/nature of holding

Anchorage Capital Master Offshore 
Limited (indirect)1
Aviva plc and subsidiaries (indirect)
Standard Life Investments (Holdings) 
Limited (indirect)
FIL Limited (indirect)
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc 
(indirect)
BHHL TPG Holdings (direct)
Canada Pension Plan Investment 
Board (direct)

Number 
of shares 
disclosed

% interest 
in voting 
rights 

59,176,445
41,202,954

11.01
7.67

35,262,778
32,199,145

24,383,723
20,886,456

20,150,000

6.56
5.99

4.54
3.89

3.75

In the period from 31 August 2016 to the date of this report,  
we received the following notifications:

Name of notifying entity/nature of holding

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc 
(indirect)
Anchorage Capital Master 
Offshore, Ltd (indirect)2 
Canada Pension Plan Investment 
Board (direct)
FIL Limited (indirect)

Number 
of shares 
disclosed

% interest 
in voting 
rights 

23,498,640

4.37

66,136,100

12.31

29,084,092
30,545,791

5.41
5.68

1 
2 

Includes contracts for difference representing 18,458,788 voting rights (3.44%).
Includes contracts for difference representing 25,418,443 voting rights (4.73%).

Information provided to the Company under the Disclosure 
Guidance and Transparency Rules is publicly available via the 
regulatory information service and on the Company’s website.

Significant agreements (change of control)
The Company has in place a revolving credit facility dated 
19 December 2014 (as amended by an amendment letter dated 
10 February 2015 and further amended by a supplemental 
agreement dated 23 May 2016). The revolving credit facility 
and our joint venture with Somerset Care relating to YLMS 
both contain termination provisions that could be triggered 
in certain circumstances, including if any person or group 
of persons acting in concert gain control of the Company.

There are no agreements between the Group and its Directors 
and employees providing for compensation for loss of office 
or employment (whether through resignation, purported 
redundancy or otherwise) in the event of a takeover bid.

Directors’ insurance and indemnities
The Group maintains Directors and officers’ liability insurance 
which provides cover for any legal action brought against 
the Directors.

The Group has also granted indemnities to each of the current 
Directors of the Company and its main trading subsidiary to 
the extent permitted by law. Qualifying third-party indemnity 
provisions were in force during the year ended 31 August 2016 
and continue to remain in force.

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201680    McCarthy & Stone plc

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

Fair, balanced and understandable
The Board confirms that the Annual Report and financial 
statements, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the position, performance, 
strategy and business model of the Company.

Responsibility statement 
The Directors confirm that, to the best of each person’s 
knowledge: 
•  The financial statements, prepared in accordance with 

International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by 
the European Union, give a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company 
and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as 
a whole

•  The Strategic Report includes a fair review of the 

development and performance of the business and the 
position of the Company and the undertakings included  
in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a 
description of the principal risks and uncertainties that  
they face

This responsibility statement was approved by the Board of 
Directors on 14 November 2016 and is signed on its behalf by:

Clive Fenton 
Chief Executive Officer 
14 November 2016 

Nick Maddock
Chief Financial Officer
14 November 2016

Financial statements and accounting records
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report 
and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law 
and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the 
Directors are required to prepare the Group financial 
statements in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European 
Union and Article 4 and have elected to prepare the 
Parent Company financial statements in accordance with 
United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice 
(United Kingdom Accounting Standards), including FRS 
102, The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the 
United Kingdom and Republic of Ireland, and applicable 
law. Under company law the Directors must not approve 
the accounts unless they are satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and 
of the profit or loss of the Company for that period.

In preparing the Parent Company financial statements, 
the Directors are required to:
•  Select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

them consistently

•  Make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent

•  State whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have 

been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed 
and explained in the financial statements

•  Prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will 
continue in business

In preparing these financial statements, International 
Accounting Standard 1 requires that Directors:
•  Properly select and apply accounting policies
•  Present information, including accounting policies, in a 

manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and 
understandable information

•  Provide additional disclosures when compliance with the 
specific requirements in IFRSs are insufficient to enable 
users to understand the impact of particular transactions, 
other events and conditions on the entity’s financial position 
and financial performance

•  Make an assessment of the Company’s ability to continue 

as a going concern

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and 
explain the Company’s transactions and disclose with 
reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of 
the Company and enable them to ensure that the financial 
statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They 
are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the 
Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity 
of the corporate and financial information included on the 
Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    81

Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of  
McCarthy & Stone plc
Opinion on financial statements of McCarthy & Stone plc
In our opinion:
•  The financial statements give a true and fair view of the state 
of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 
31 August 2016 and of the Group’s profit for the year 
then ended

•  The Directors’ statement in note 1 to the consolidated 
financial statements about whether they considered it 
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting 
in preparing them and their identification of any material 
uncertainties to the Group’s ability to continue to do so over 
a period of at least 12 months from the date of approval of 
the financial statements

•  The Directors’ explanation on page 39 as to how they have 
assessed the prospects of the Group, over what period 
they have done so and why they consider that period to be 
appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have 
a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to 
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due 
over the period of their assessment, including any related 
disclosures drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assumptions

We agreed with the Directors’ adoption of the going concern 
basis of accounting and we did not identify any such material 
uncertainties. However, because not all future events or 
conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee 
as to the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Independence
We are required to comply with the Financial Reporting 
Council’s Ethical Standards for Auditors and we confirm that 
we are independent of the Group and we have fulfilled our 
other ethical responsibilities in accordance with those 
standards. We also confirm we have not provided any of the 
prohibited non-audit services referred to in those standards.

Our assessment of risks of material misstatement
The assessed risks of material misstatement described below 
on pages 82 to 83 are those that had the greatest effect on 
our audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit and 
directing the efforts of the engagement team. As part of our 
audit of the Group, in addition to substantive tests set out below, 
we also evaluate the design and implementation of internal 
controls over financial reporting in each of the risk areas. 

•  The Group financial statements have been properly 
prepared in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the 
European Union

•  The Parent Company financial statements have been 

properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom 
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including FRS 102 
‘The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and 
Republic of Ireland’

•  The financial statements have been prepared in accordance 
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as 
regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the 
IAS Regulation

The financial statements comprise the Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated and Parent 
Company Statements of Financial Position, the Consolidated 
and Parent Company Statements of Changes in Equity, the 
Consolidated and Parent Company Cash Flow Statement 
and the notes 1 to 35 relating to the Consolidated financial 
statements and 1 to 12 relating to the Parent Company 
financial statements. The financial reporting framework that 
has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial 
statements is applicable law and IFRS as adopted by the 
European Union. The financial reporting framework that has 
been applied in the preparation of the Parent Company 
financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards (United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice), including FRS 102 ‘The Financial 
Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic 
of Ireland’.

Going concern and the Directors’ assessment of the 
principal risks that would threaten the solvency or 
liquidity of the Group
As required by the Listing Rules we have reviewed the 
Directors’ statement regarding the appropriateness of the 
going concern basis of accounting contained within note 1 
to the consolidated financial statements and the Directors’ 
statement on the longer-term viability of the Group contained 
within the Strategic Report section on page 39.

We have nothing material to add or draw attention to in  
relation to:
•  The Directors’ confirmation on page 39 that they have 

carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing 
the Group, including those that would threaten its business 
model, future performance, solvency or liquidity

•  The disclosures on pages 38 to 41 that describe those risks 

and explain how they are being managed or mitigated

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201682    McCarthy & Stone plc

Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of  
McCarthy & Stone plc continued

Risk

How the scope of our audit responded to the risk

Cost capitalisation of overheads

Refer to page 56 (Report of the Risk and Audit Committee) and 
page 96 (Critical accounting judgements and key sources of 
estimation uncertainty).

Inventory comprises land, work in progress and finished stock. 
The value of inventory as at 31 August 2016 is £685.8m (2015: 
£585.8m) and is the most significant item on the Consolidated 
Statement of Financial Position. Overhead costs capitalised at 
31 August 2016 amount to £25.7m (2015: £16.7m) representing 
4.8% of stock additions (2015: 4.2%). Amounts released to cost 
of sales totalled £13.2m (2015: £5.1m).

Management perform a detailed exercise to analyse by 
department the proportion of costs relating directly to site 
development versus general business overheads. 

We consider the allocation and recognition of overhead costs 
into inventory to represent an area of risk with significant 
judgement identified in:
•  Identifying which costs, based on their nature, should be 

capitalised into inventory rather than expensed
•  Determining the proportion of Planning, Design, 

Commercial, Construction and Health & Safety costs 
incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location 
and condition, in accordance with IAS 2 ‘Inventories’ 

The judgements above impact the carrying value of inventory in 
the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and the gross 
margin recognised on each unit sold.

Shared equity receivables

Refer to page 56 (Report of the Risk and Audit Committee), 
page 96 (Critical accounting judgements and key sources of 
estimation uncertainty) and page 102 (financial statement 
disclosures).

The Group offers shared equity-based arrangements to 
buyers. The present value of shared equity receivables as at 
31 August 2016 is £29.3m (2015: £28.0m). 

The Group’s assessment and supporting calculation  
are dependent on a number of assumptions, which are 
inherently judgmental due to their forward-looking nature. 
Key assumptions include: 
•  Property price projections
•  Expected maturity date
•  Discount rate
•  New build premium against subsequent sales

The above assumptions are dependent on management’s 
ability to estimate market activity, future trends and 
fluctuations. Changes to these assumptions could 
result in a material change in the value of the receivable 
recognised within the Statement of Financial Position and 
the associated movements recorded in the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income.

We challenged the reasonableness of the allocation and the 
accuracy of costs capitalised for each category of inventory. 
Our work involved the following: 
•  Liaising with senior departmental management to 

understand the process employed in determining the 
allocation and analytically reviewing the movements 
year-on-year

•  Performing sensitivity analysis on the proportion of costs 
capitalised in the year in conjunction with benchmarking 
analysis (where available)

•  Checking the mechanical accuracy of the calculations and 

identifying any anomalies

•  Testing a sample of the costs absorbed to assess whether 

these are valued and allocated correctly

•  Performing a recalculation based on the final percentage 

allocation and cost inputs to establish whether the amounts 
capitalised are accurate

We critically assessed the accuracy of the inputs and the 
reasonableness of the assumptions applied in the Group’s 
fair value model. Our work involved the following:
•  Consulting with our internal Real Estate specialists to 

challenge the rates and methodologies applied through 
comparison with the market

•  Obtaining relevant sector data (e.g. Office of National 
Statistics and the latest indices) to challenge the 
reasonableness of house pricing inflation and new 
build premiums

•  Assessing the impact of the UK Referendum and the 
decision to exit the European Union on each of the 
assumptions applied through review of the most recent 
available public information

•  Performing tests of detail to assess the integrity of inputs
•  Benchmarking the Group’s assumptions against other 

house builders (where available)

•  Performing sensitivity analysis over the key assumptions 

applied on both an individual and collective basis

•  Comparing the cash received on redemptions during the 

year to the carrying value of the related receivable to ensure 
proceeds were not significantly different 

•  Checking the mechanical accuracy of the fair value 
calculation for all schemes and assessing whether 
the correct amounts have been recognised in the 
financial statements

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    83

Risk

Incentive schemes

How the scope of our audit responded to the risk

Our work in respect of the vesting of the MIP involved 
the following:
•  Verifying the terms of the plan to signed agreement
•  Recalculating both the cash and equity elements of the 

settlement based on the terms of the plan and the equity 
value of the Group prior to IPO

•  Performing tests of detail over a sample of cash payments 
for selected participants through agreement to payslip
•  Verifying that the shares awarded and the related unwind 
had been accounted for correctly in accordance with the 
criteria per IFRS 2 ‘Share-based payments’

•  Reviewing the technical accounting paper prepared 

by management

Our work in respect of the assumptions applied in determining 
the fair value of the newly introduced schemes included 
the following:
•  Consulting with our valuation specialists to confirm 

that the principles behind the assumptions used and the 
methodology applied are in line with IFRS 2 ‘Share-based 
payments’ and that they fall within an acceptable range
•  Performing sensitivity analysis over the assumptions to 

assess the impact and critical point that would result in a 
material misstatement to the financial statements

•  Assessing the reasonableness in the expected participant 

lapse rate against historical trends in head count
•  Assessing performance against the Group’s budget
•  Recalculating the grant date fair value of each scheme and 
assessing whether any related charge is spread correctly 
over the vesting term

Our work involved the following:
•  Performing tests of detail over a sample of costs incurred 
to assess both the accuracy of amounts recorded and 
appropriate allocation between share premium and 
expenses in line with the guidance set out in IAS 32
•  Consulting with our tax specialists to understand and 
challenge the tax treatment for deductible and non-
deductible expenses (and the allocation thereof)

•  Reviewing the technical accounting paper prepared by 

management outlining the accounting policy adopted and 
the methodology of allocation of costs between share 
premium and exceptional costs

•  Assessment of the accuracy and completeness of 

disclosures made in respect of exceptional costs in the 
Statement of Comprehensive Income

Refer to page 56 (Report of the Risk and Audit Committee), 
page 96 (Critical accounting judgements and key sources of 
estimation uncertainty) and page 110 (financial statement 
disclosures).

The Group listed on the London Stock Exchange in November 
2015. Upon listing (IPO), the Group awarded the participants 
of the Management Incentive Plan (MIP) £0.9m in cash and 
£19.7m in equity. Subsequent to listing, the Group introduced 
four new incentive schemes:
•  Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
•  Save As You Earn (SAYE)
•  Annual and Deferred Bonus Plan
•  Share Incentive Plan (SIP)

The accounting treatment and supporting grant date fair value 
calculations are inherently complex and give rise to a risk of 
material misstatement with significant judgement required in 
determining the following assumptions:
•  Share price movements (for the total shareholder return 

tranche of the LTIP scheme)
•  Expected future performance
•  Expected participant attrition

Treatment of transaction costs

Refer to page 56 (Report of the Risk and Audit Committee), 
page 96 (Critical accounting judgements and key sources of 
estimation uncertainty) and page 97 (financial statement 
disclosures).

In the current year the Group incurred exceptional costs of 
£11.6m (excluding tax) in connection with the IPO, £4.0m of 
which was capitalised as a reduction to share premium. 

The Group undertook a detailed assessment of all costs 
incurred during the IPO process to ensure that the allocation of 
cost was accounted for correctly in line with IAS 32 ‘Financial 
Instruments: Presentation’. 

We consider the accuracy and allocation of these costs to 
pose a significant risk of material misstatement owing to the 
impact on both share premium in the Consolidated Statement 
of Financial Position and expenses within the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income.

In assessing these costs there are two key considerations 
that apply:
•  Defining the IPO costs that are eligible for capitalisation, 
i.e. accounted for as a deduction from share premium 
and those that should be expensed. The former are 
costs that are directly attributable to the issue of shares

•  The determination of which of the IPO costs are tax 

deductible and non-deductible

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201684    McCarthy & Stone plc

Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of  
McCarthy & Stone plc continued

The description of risks should be read in conjunction with the 
significant issues considered by the Risk and Audit Committee 
discussed on page 56.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit 
of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our 
opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion 
on these matters.

We have performed an audit of select account balances on 
McCarthy & Stone (Home Equity Interests) Limited and 
McCarthy & Stone (Equity Interests) Limited and desktop 
review procedures over highly immaterial subsidiaries.

Our audit work on these entities was executed at levels of 
materiality applicable to each individual company ranging 
from £0.1m to £4.9m which were lower than Group materiality.

Our application of materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the 
financial statements that makes it probable that the economic 
decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be 
changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the 
scope of our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work.

At the Parent entity level we also tested the consolidation 
process and carried out analytical procedures to confirm 
our conclusion that there were no significant risks of material 
misstatement of the aggregated financial information of the 
remaining components not subject to audit or audit of specified 
account balances.

We determined materiality for the Group to be £5.2m which is 
calculated based on 5% of pre-tax profit for the year excluding 
exceptional items of £102.9m as described on page 86.

Pre-tax profit, excluding exceptional items, has been chosen 
as the basis for materiality as this is the measure by which 
stakeholders and the market assess the wider performance 
of the Group. The exceptional expense, principally IPO costs, 
is excluded as this does not represent part of the underlying 
trading performance of the business.

We use performance materiality to detect misstatements at a 
lower level of precision; for the current year this is set at £3.9m. 
This is lower than materiality and is used to determine the size 
of the samples that are selected for audit work and in forming 
the conclusions that we make during the course of our 
procedures.

We agreed with the Risk and Audit Committee that we would 
report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of 
£0.3m, as well as differences below that threshold that, in our 
view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also 
report to the Risk and Audit Committee on disclosure matters 
that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of 
the financial statements.

An overview of the scope of our audit
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of 
the Group and its environment, including Group-wide, and 
assessing the risks of material misstatement at the Group level. 
All subsidiaries are managed from the Group’s head office in 
Bournemouth and subject to a common control environment.

Based on that assessment, we focused our audit scope on the 
four largest subsidiaries in the Group; McCarthy & Stone plc, 
McCarthy & Stone (Developments) Limited, McCarthy & Stone 
Retirement Lifestyles Limited and McCarthy & Stone (Extra 
Care Living) Limited. These entities represent the principal 
entities and account for 98% of the Group’s net assets, 100% 
of the Group’s revenue and 98% of the Group’s profit before 
tax. They were also selected to provide an appropriate basis 
for undertaking audit work to address the risks of material 
misstatement identified above.

The Group audit is performed centrally and includes coverage 
of all nine regional offices within the Group. As part of our audit 
we visit a sample of three regional offices each year on a 
rotational basis with reference to size and complexity among 
other factors. The purpose of these visits is to conduct 
procedures over selected controls that are in place at each 
regional office.

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies 
Act 2006
In our opinion:
•  The part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be 

audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006

•  The information given in the Strategic Report and the 
Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the 
financial statements are prepared is consistent with the 
financial statements

Matters on which we are required to report  
by exception
Adequacy of explanations received  
and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to 
you if, in our opinion:
•  We have not received all the information and explanations 

we require for our audit

•  Adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 

Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not 
been received from branches not visited by us

•  The Parent Company financial statements are not in 
agreement with the accounting records and returns

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report 
if, in our opinion certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration 
have not been made or the part of the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report to be audited is not in agreement with the accounting 
records and returns. We have nothing to report arising from 
these matters.

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    85

Scope of the audit of the financial statements
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts 
and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give 
reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free 
from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. 
This includes an assessment of: whether the accounting 
policies are appropriate to the Group’s and the Parent 
Company’s circumstances and have been consistently applied 
and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of significant 
accounting estimates made by the Directors; and the overall 
presentation of the financial statements. In addition, we read all 
the financial and non-financial information in the Annual Report 
to identify material inconsistencies with the audited financial 
statements and to identify any information that is apparently 
materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, 
the knowledge acquired by us in the course of performing 
the audit. If we become aware of any apparent material 
misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the implications 
for our report.

Gregory Culshaw ACA (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor
Southampton, United Kingdom
14 November 2016

Corporate Governance Statement
Under the Listing Rules we are also required to review part 
of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the 
Company’s compliance with certain provisions of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code. We have nothing to report 
arising from our review.

Our duty to read other information in the Annual Report
Under International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland), we 
are required to report to you if, in our opinion, information in the 
Annual Report is:
•  Materially inconsistent with the information in the audited 

financial statements

•  Apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially 

inconsistent with, our knowledge of the Group acquired 
in the course of performing our audit

•  Otherwise misleading

In particular, we are required to consider whether we have 
identified any inconsistencies between our knowledge acquired 
during the audit and the Directors’ statement that they consider 
the Annual Report is fair, balanced and understandable and 
whether the Annual Report appropriately discloses those 
matters that we communicated to the Risk and Audit 
Committee which we consider should have been disclosed. 
We confirm that we have not identified any such 
inconsistencies or misleading statements.

Respective responsibilities of Directors and auditor
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities 
Statement, the Directors are responsible for the preparation 
of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give 
a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express 
an opinion on the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and 
Ireland). We also comply with International Standard on Quality 
Control 1 (UK and Ireland). Our audit methodology and tools 
aim to ensure that our quality control procedures are effective, 
understood and applied.

Our quality controls and systems include our dedicated 
professional standards review team and independent 
partner reviews.

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, 
as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so 
that we might state to the Company’s members those matters 
we are required to state to them in an Auditor’s Report and for 
no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do 
not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the 
Company and the Company’s members as a body, for our 
audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201686    McCarthy & Stone plc

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 31 August 2016

Notes

2016
£m

2015
£m

Continuing operations
Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Other operating income
Administrative expenses
Other operating expenses

Operating profit

Amortisation
Exceptional administrative expenses

Underlying operating profit

Finance income
Finance expense

Profit before tax
Income tax expense

Profit for the year from continuing operations and total comprehensive income

Profit attributable to:
Owners of the Company
Non-controlling interest

4

8

6

9
10

11

635.9
(499.5)

136.4
8.5
(44.7)
(5.1)

95.1

(2.1)
(10.0)

107.2

2.7
(4.9)

92.9
(19.4)

73.5

73.1
0.4

73.5

Notes 1 to 35 form part of the financial statements shown above. All trading derives from continuing operations.

Earnings per share:
Basic (p per share)
Diluted (p per share)
Adjusted basic (p per share)1
Adjusted diluted (p per share)1

Adjusted measures
Underlying operating profit
Underlying profit before tax

12
12
12
12

6
6

13.9
13.9
13.9
13.9

107.2
105.0

485.7
(362.6)

123.1
9.1
(39.9)
(4.5)

87.8

(2.1)
(5.4)

95.3

1.2
(8.1)

80.9
(16.6)

64.3

64.1
0.2

64.3

3.4
3.4
13.5
13.5

95.3
88.4

1  Prior year EPS has been adjusted to reflect the 4:1 share consolidation that took place in FY16. A reconciliation to the previously stated EPS has been provided in note 12.

Annual Report and Accounts 2016Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
As at 31 August 2016

Assets
Non-current assets
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investments in joint ventures
Investment properties
Trade and other receivables
Derivative financial assets

Total non-current assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Equity and liabilities
Capital and reserves
Share capital
Share premium
Retained earnings

Equity attributable to owners of the Company

Non-controlling interests

Total equity

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Short-term borrowings
Land payables

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Long-term borrowings
Deferred tax liability

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

McCarthy & Stone plc    87

Notes

2016
£m

2015
£m

13
14
15
17

19
21

18
19
29

26
27

22
24
23

24
20

41.7
29.6
2.9
0.4
0.2
32.7
–

41.7
31.7
2.6
0.4
0.5
31.5
0.3

107.5

108.7

685.8
7.5
119.0

812.3

919.8

43.0
100.8
553.5

697.3

0.8

585.8
10.9
56.9

653.6

762.3

381.1
56.4
104.3

541.8

0.7

698.1

542.5

107.1
11.3
49.3

167.7

52.5
1.5

221.7

919.8

83.8
–
36.5

120.3

99.2
0.3

219.8

762.3

Notes 1 to 35 form part of the financial statements shown above.

These financial statements were approved by the Board on 14 November 2016 and signed on its behalf by:

Clive Fenton 
Director 

Nick Maddock
Director

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 2016 
 
 
88    McCarthy & Stone plc

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 31 August 2016

Balance at 1 September 2014

Profit for the period

Total comprehensive income for the period
Transactions with owners of the Company:
Share-based payments
Movement in non-controlling interest

Balance at 31 August 2015

Profit for the period

Total comprehensive income for the period
Transactions with owners of the Company:
Issue of ordinary shares
Capital reduction of share capital and share premium
Share-based payments
Share issue related costs
Dividends

Notes

Share 
capital
£m

381.1

Share 
premium 
£m

56.4

Retained 
earnings
£m

39.3

64.1

64.1

0.9
–

Total
£m

476.8

64.1

64.1

0.9
–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–
–

381.1

56.4

104.3

541.8

–

–

4.9
(343.0)
–
–
–

–

–

104.8
(56.4)
–
(4.0)
–

73.1

73.1

(19.4)
399.4
1.5
–
(5.4)

73.1

73.1

90.3
–
1.5
(4.0)
(5.4)

32

26
26
32

26

Balance at 31 August 2016

43.0

100.8

553.5

697.3

Notes 1 to 35 form part of the financial statements shown above.

Non-
controlling 
interest
£m

0.4

0.2

0.2

–
0.1

0.7

0.4

0.4

(0.3)
–
–
–
–

0.8

Total
equity
£m

477.2

64.3

64.3

0.9
0.1

542.5

73.5

73.5

90.0
–
1.5
(4.0)
(5.4)

698.1

Annual Report and Accounts 2016Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
For the year ended 31 August 2016

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Investing activities
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Purchases of intangible assets
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing activities
Proceeds from issue of share capital
Proceeds from long-term borrowings
Repayment of long-term borrowings
Purchase of interest rate cap
Dividend paid

Net cash from/(used in) financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Notes 1 to 35 form part of the financial statements shown above.

McCarthy & Stone plc    89

Notes

29

2016
£m

18.3

(1.5)
(0.4)
0.1

(1.8)

86.0
–
(35.0)
–
(5.4)

45.6

62.1

56.9

119.0

2015
£m

19.7

(2.0)
(1.0)
1.5

(1.5)

–
87.9
(160.0)
(0.3)
–

(72.4)

(54.2)

111.1

56.9

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201690    McCarthy & Stone plc

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Significant accounting policies
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. 
These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

Basis of preparation
McCarthy & Stone plc is a Company incorporated in England and Wales under the Companies Act. The Group financial 
statements consolidate those of the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the Group) and include the Group’s 
interest in jointly controlled entities. The Parent Company financial statements present information about the Company as a 
separate entity and not about the Group.

The Group financial statements have been prepared and approved by the Directors in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (EU IFRS) and have been prepared under the historical cost convention 
as modified by financial assets and financial liabilities (including derivative instruments) at fair value through profit or loss.

Going concern
The Group meets its day-to-day working capital requirements through cash in hand and its bank facilities. The Group’s forecasts 
and projections, taking into account reasonably possible changes in trading performance, show that the Group should be able to 
operate within the level of its current facilities. After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group 
has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. The Group therefore continues to adopt 
the going concern basis in preparing its financial statements. Further information on the Group’s borrowings is given in note 24.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the results of the Company and its subsidiaries. For the purposes of consolidation, 
subsidiaries are entities over which the Company has the power to govern the financial and operating policies so as to obtain 
benefits from its activities.

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used into line 
with those used by the Group. All intra-Group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated in full on consolidation.

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries are identified separately from the Group’s equity therein. The interests of non-controlling 
shareholders may initially be measured at fair value or at the non-controlling interests’ proportionate share of the fair value of the 
acquiree’s identifiable net assets. The choice of measurement is made on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis. Subsequent to 
acquisition, the carrying amount of non-controlling interests is the amount of those interests at initial recognition plus the non-
controlling interests’ share of subsequent changes in equity.

Goodwill
Goodwill arising in a business combination is recognised as an asset at the date that control is attained (the acquisition date). 
Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the 
acquiree and the fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest (if any) in the entity over the net of the acquisition-date 
amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed.

Goodwill is not amortised but is reviewed for impairment at least annually. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill 
is allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating unit (CGU) expected to benefit from synergies arising from a business 
combination. The CGU to which goodwill has been attributed is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently when there is 
an indication that the CGU may be impaired. If the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than the carrying amount of the CGU, 
the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the CGU and then to the other 
assets of the unit pro rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the CGU.

Revenue recognition
Revenue is measured at fair value of the consideration received or receivable and represents amounts receivable for goods 
supplied stated net of discounts, rebates, VAT and other sales taxes or duty.

The Group recognises revenue when all the following conditions are satisfied:
•  The Group has transferred to the buyer the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods
•  The Group retains neither continuing managerial involvement to the degree usually associated with ownership nor effective 

control over the goods sold

•  The amount of revenue can be measured reliably
•  It is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the entity
•  The costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably

Revenue recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income but not yet invoiced is held on the statement of 
financial position within ‘Trade and other receivables’. Revenue invoiced but not yet recognised in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income is held on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position within ‘Deferred revenue’.

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    91

1. Significant accounting policies continued
Revenue is classified as follows:

Sales of leasehold interests
Revenue represents the consideration received from the sale of leasehold interests in retirement apartments and is recognised 
on legal completion. Where the Group commits on completion to provide an additional cash amount above an offer given by 
a third-party part exchange provider, this additional cash amount is recognised as a deduction from revenue. Cash incentives 
are considered to be a discount from the purchase price offered to the acquirer and are therefore accounted for as a reduction 
of revenue.

Freehold reversionary interests (FRIs) and house manager flat freehold interests (HMFIs)
FRIs and HMFIs in respect of developed sites are periodically sold to third parties. Revenue arising from these sales is recognised 
only to the extent that the underlying leasehold interest in the retirement apartment has been contractually sold.

Other operating income
Other operating income includes management services income, net rental income, profits arising from the disposal of 
undeveloped land sites, VAT refunds, non-build rebates and profits arising from the realisation of shared equity receivables.

Finance income
Revenue is recognised as interest accrues, using the effective interest rate method, being the rate used to discount the estimated 
future cash receipts over the expected life of the financial instrument.

Cost of sales
Costs directly attributable to the unit sales are included within cost of sales. This includes the cost of bringing the inventory into use 
and regional marketing costs that are directly attributable to sales, including show flat running costs and estate agent referral fees.

Exceptional items
Exceptional items are defined as items of income or expenditure which, in the opinion of the Directors, are material, non-recurring 
and unusual in nature or of such significance that they require separate disclosure. Exclusion of these balances allows review of 
the underlying trading position of the Group. These are detailed further in note 6.

Leases
Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of 
ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

Rentals payable under operating leases are charged to income on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease.

Retirement benefit costs
The Group operates a stakeholder retirement benefit scheme.

A retirement benefit scheme is a post-employment benefit plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate 
entity and has no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to benefit schemes are 
recognised as an expense in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income in the years during which services are 
rendered by employees.

Taxation
Income tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

Current tax
Tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years 
and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates 
that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the year end.

Deferred tax
Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit and is accounted for using 
the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and 
deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible 
temporary differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from the 
initial recognition of goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities 
in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, where the Group 
is unable to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the 
foreseeable future.

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201692    McCarthy & Stone plc

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

1. Significant accounting policies continued
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no 
longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is 
realised based on tax laws and rates that have been enacted by the year end. Deferred tax is charged or credited in the 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, except when it relates to items charged or credited in other comprehensive 
income, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax 
liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax 
assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Tangible and intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any recognised impairment loss.

Depreciation is recognised so as to write off the cost of assets less their residual value over their useful lives, using the straight-line 
method, on the following bases:

Fixtures, fittings and equipment 

3–10 years

The gain or loss arising on the disposal of an asset is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying 
amount of the asset and is recognised in income on the transfer of the risks and rewards of ownership.

The Group has no class of tangible fixed asset that has been revalued. On transition to IFRS the net book values recorded at 
1 September 2012 have been applied and these are based on historic cost or fair value recognised at the date of acquisition.

Intangible assets – brand
Separately acquired brands are shown at historical cost. Brands have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated 
amortisation. Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost over their useful lives, estimated at 
20 years.

Internally-generated intangible assets – research and development expenditure
Costs associated with maintaining computer software programmes are recognised as an expense as incurred. Development 
costs that are directly attributable to the design and testing of identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Group 
are recognised as intangible assets when the following criteria are met:
•  It is technically feasible to complete the software product so that it will be available for use
•  Management intends to complete the software product and use or sell it
•  There is an ability to use or sell the software product
•  It can be demonstrated how the software product will generate probable future economic benefits
•  Adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the software product 

are available

•  The expenditure attributable to the software product during its development can be reliably measured

Directly attributable costs that are capitalised as part of the software product include the software development employee costs 
and an appropriate portion of relevant overheads.

Other development expenditures that do not meet these criteria are recognised as an expense as incurred. Development costs 
previously recognised as an expense are not recognised as an asset in a subsequent year.

Computer software development costs recognised as assets are amortised over their estimated useful lives, which do not exceed 
ten years.

Development expenditure relating to software has been capitalised and is detailed in note 14.

Impairment of tangible and intangible assets excluding goodwill
At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there 
is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset 
is estimated to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where the asset does not generate cash flows that are 
independent from other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the CGU to which the asset belongs.

Recoverable amount is the higher of: (i) fair value less costs to sell; and (ii) value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated 
future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of 
the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

Annual Report and Accounts 2016 
McCarthy & Stone plc    93

1. Significant accounting policies continued
If the recoverable amount of an asset (or CGU) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset 
(or CGU) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss, unless the relevant 
asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation decrease to the extent that the 
revaluation balance is greater than the impairment loss.

Joint ventures
The Group has a number of contractual arrangements with other parties which represent joint ventures. These take the form 
of agreement to share control over these entities. Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

The Group classifies its interests in joint arrangements as either joint operations (if the Group has rights to the assets, and 
obligations for the liabilities, relating to an arrangement) or joint ventures (if the Group has rights only to the net assets of an 
arrangement). When making this assessment, the Group considers the structure of the arrangements, the legal form of any 
separate vehicles, the contractual terms of the arrangements and other facts and circumstances.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises direct materials and, where applicable, direct 
labour costs and those overheads that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. 
The cost of sites in the course of construction and finished stock comprises the cost of land purchases, which are accounted 
for from the date of contract exchange, when the Group obtains the effective control of the site, building costs and attributable 
construction overheads. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price less all estimated costs of completion 
and costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution, completion and disposal.

Land inventories and the associated land payables are recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position from 
the date of unconditional exchange of contracts. Where, through deferred purchase credit terms, cost differs from the nominal 
amount which will be paid in settling the deferred purchase terms liability, the initial cost of the land is discounted to fair value. 
The land payable is then increased to settlement value over the period of financing, with the financing element being charged 
to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income as a finance cost.

Options purchased in respect of land are capitalised initially at the cost of the option. Regular reviews are completed for 
impairment in the value of these options and provisions made accordingly to reflect loss of value. The impairment reviews consider 
the period elapsed since the date of purchase of the option given that the option contract has not been exercised at the review 
date. Further, the impairment reviews consider the remaining life of the option, taking into account any concerns over whether the 
remaining time will allow successful exercise of the option. The carrying cost of the option at the date of exercise is included within 
the cost of land purchased as a result of the option exercise.

Expenditure on land without the benefit of detailed planning consent, either through purchase of freehold land or non-refundable 
deposits paid on land purchase contracts subject to detailed planning consent, are capitalised initially at cost. Regular reviews are 
completed for impairment in the value of these investments, and provision made to reflect any irrecoverable element. The impairment 
reviews consider the existing value of the land and assess the likelihood of achieving detailed planning consent and the value thereof.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash and short-term bank deposits with an original maturity of three months or less, net of 
outstanding bank overdrafts.

Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Group’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position when the Group 
becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Financial assets
All financial assets are normally recognised and derecognised on the date that an agreement has been entered into where the 
purchase or sale of a financial asset is under a contract whose terms require delivery of the financial asset within the timeframe 
established by the market concerned. They are initially measured at fair value plus transaction costs, except for those financial 
assets classified as at fair value through profit or loss, which are initially measured at fair value.

Financial assets are classified into the following specified categories: financial assets at ‘fair value through profit or loss’ (FVTPL), 
‘held-to-maturity’ investments, ‘available-for-sale’ (AFS) financial assets and ‘loans and receivables’. The classification depends 
on the nature and purpose of the financial assets and is determined at the time of initial recognition. The Group held no financial 
assets classified as held-to-maturity or AFS during the reporting periods presented herein.

Effective interest method 
The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a debt instrument and of allocating interest income 
over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts (including all 
fees and points paid or received that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and other premiums or 
discounts) through the expected life of the debt instrument, or, where appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount on 
initial recognition.

Income is recognised on an effective interest basis for debt instruments other than those financial assets classified as at FVTPL.

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201694    McCarthy & Stone plc

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

1. Significant accounting policies continued
Classes of financial asset
Financial assets at FVTPL
Financial assets are classified as at FVTPL when the financial asset is either held for trading or is designated as at FVTPL.

A financial asset is classified as held for trading if:
•  It has been acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the near term
•  On initial recognition it is a part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that the Group manages together and has 

a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking

•  It is a derivative that is not designated and effective as a hedging instrument

A financial asset other than a financial asset held for trading may be designated as at FVTPL upon initial recognition if:
•  Such designation eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency that would otherwise arise
•  The financial asset forms part of a group of financial assets or financial liabilities or both, which is managed and its performance 
is evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with the Group’s documented risk management or investment strategy and 
information about the grouping is provided internally on that basis

•  It forms part of a contract containing one or more embedded derivatives and IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and 

Measurement’ permits the entire combined contract (asset or liability) to be designated as at FVTPL

Financial assets at FVTPL are stated at fair value, with any gains or losses arising on remeasurement recognised in profit or loss. The net 
gain or loss recognised in profit or loss incorporates any dividend or interest earned on the financial asset and is included in the other 
operating income line item in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. Fair value is determined in the manner described 
in note 31.

The Group uses derivative financial instruments to reduce exposure to interest rate movements. The Group does not issue or hold 
derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

Shared equity receivables
Shared equity interests arise from sales incentive schemes under which the Group acquires a contractual entitlement to receive 
a proportion of the proceeds of sale of an apartment. These interests are normally protected by a legal charge over the relevant 
apartment and/or a restriction on title.

The value of the shared equity receivables changes in response to an underlying variable and therefore is accounted for as a 
derivative. The shared equity receivables are initially recognised at fair value, being the estimated future amount receivable by the 
Group, discounted to present value. The fair value of future anticipated cash receipts takes into account the Directors’ view of 
future house price movements and the expected timing of receipts. The Directors revisit the future anticipated cash receipts from 
the assets at each reporting date and the difference between the anticipated future receipt and the initial fair value is credited to 
finance income/expense.

Loans and receivables
Trade receivables, loans and other receivables that have fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market 
are classified as ‘loans and receivables’. Loans and receivables are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method, less any impairment. Interest income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate, except for short-term 
receivables when the recognition of interest would be immaterial.

Financial liabilities and equity
Debt and equity instruments are classified as either financial liabilities or as equity in accordance with the substance of the 
contractual arrangement.

Equity instruments
An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of an entity after deducting all of its liabilities. 
Equity instruments issued by the Group are recognised as the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are classified as ‘other financial liabilities’.

Other financial liabilities
Other financial liabilities, including borrowings, are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs.

Other financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, with interest expense 
recognised on an effective yield basis.

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial liability and of allocating interest expense 
over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments through the 
expected life of the financial liability, or, where appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount on initial recognition.

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    95

1. Significant accounting policies continued
Land-related promissory notes
Land-related promissory notes are treated as financial liabilities and are classified as land creditors or borrowings depending 
on the substance of the contractual arrangements.

Share-based payment schemes
The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value at the date at which they are 
granted and is recognised as an expense over the vesting period. In valuing equity-settled transactions, no account is taken of any 
non-market based vesting conditions and no expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest as a result of a failure to 
satisfy a non-market based vesting condition.

The cost of cash-settled transactions is measured at fair value. Fair value is estimated initially at the grant date and at each 
reporting period end thereafter until the awards are settled. Market-based conditions are taken into account when determining  
fair value.

Further details regarding the schemes are set out in note 32.

2. Outlook for adoption of future standards (new and amended)
There have not been any new standards and amendments adopted for the first time for the financial year ending 31 August 2016.

At the date of approval of the financial statements, the following standards and interpretations which have not been applied by 
the Group in the financial statements were in issue but not yet effective (and in some cases had not yet been adopted by the EU):
•  IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ was reissued in October 2010 as the second step in the International Accounting Standards 
Board (IASB) project to replace IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’. During the year the IASB 
reissued IFRS 9 to include hedge accounting and details on early adoption. The final revision to the standard incorporating the 
impairment, classification and measurement requirements was issued by the IASB in July 2014 and the standard is expected 
to be effective from 31 December 2018. The Group is currently assessing the impact of the revisions on the Group’s results 
and financial position

•  IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ was issued on 28 May 2014. This standard sets out revenue recognition 
conditions for the Group. This is applicable to accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018, once endorsed by 
the EU. The impact of this standard on the Group is being assessed

•  IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ was published in January 2016. This standard is a replacement of the current leases standard IAS 17. 

This brings significant changes to the accounting of leases by lessees. IFRS 16 requires lessees to recognise a lease liability 
reflecting future lease payments and a ‘right-of-use asset’ for virtually all lease contracts. The IASB has included an optional 
exemption, for lessees, for certain short-term leases and leases of low-value assets; however, this exemption can only be 
applied by lessees. This is applicable to accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019, once endorsed by the EU. 
The impact this standard will have on the Group is being assessed
•  Amendments to IFRS 11 ‘Acquisitions of Interests in Joint Operations’
•  Amendments to IAS 16 ‘Property, Plant and Equipment and IAS 38 Intangible Assets’
•  Amendments to IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’
•  Amendments to IAS 27 ‘Equity Method in Separate Financial Statements’
•  Amendments to IAS 10 and IAS 28 ‘Sale of Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture’
•  Amendments to IAS 7 ‘Statement of Cash Flows’ 
•  Amendments to IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payments’
•  Annual improvements to IFRS: 2012 – 2014 Cycle 

The potential impact of the above standards and interpretations is still being assessed by the Group. 

3. Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, which are described in note 1, the Directors are required to make 
judgements, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from 
other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are 
considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised 
in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future 
periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

Critical judgements in applying the Group’s accounting policies
The following are the critical judgements that the Directors have made in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies 
and that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements. The critical judgements made by 
the Group all involve estimation uncertainty. 

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201696    McCarthy & Stone plc

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

3. Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty continued
Accounting and tax treatment of the IPO costs
Within the year the Group incurred exceptional costs in relation to transaction fees and other costs of listing. These costs have 
been reviewed by management under the accounting treatment guidance of IAS 32 to ensure the correct allocation of costs 
between share premium in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and expenses within the Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income. External advice has been sought regarding the tax treatment of these costs.

Fair value of shared equity receivables
Shared equity receivables are initially recognised within revenue at fair value, being the estimated future amount receivable by the 
Group, discounted to present day values. The fair value of future anticipated cash receipts takes into account the Directors’ view 
of future house price movements and expected timing of receipts. The assessment of anticipated future cash flows from the 
assets is carried out at each reporting date.

Cost capitalisation of overheads
Inventory includes a proportion of design, construction, commercial and planning costs. During the year procurement costs have 
also been included within the cost calculations based on a change in the procurement focus and approach across the Group. 
Costs associated with these functions are reviewed by management to attribute those costs relating directly to the cost of the 
developments to inventory and those that relate to general business overheads to expenses. The assumptions used are reviewed 
annually by the function heads before being proposed to the Risk and Audit Committee. 

Share-based payments
Assumptions are made in determining the fair value of employee services received in exchange for the grant of options under 
share-based payment awards at the date of grant. Assumptions are around lapse rates, share performance and the expected 
outcome of performance conditions. An element of one of the equity-settled share-based payment plans is subject to market-
based conditions, judgements have been made in order to determine the fair values of this market-based element. Further detail of 
the share-based payment schemes has been provided in note 32.

4. Revenue

Unit sales
FRI revenue

Continuing operations  
Year ended 31 August

2016
£m

608.2
27.7

635.9

2015
£m

468.8
16.9

485.7

All unit sales revenue arose from the sale of properties and is attributable to continuing operations. All revenue was generated 
within the UK. No individual customer is significant to the Group’s revenue in any period. FRI revenue is explained within note 1.

5. Segmental analysis
IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’, establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments and related disclosures, 
products and services, geographic areas and major customers. Operating segments are components of an enterprise about 
which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker in deciding how 
to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

The Group conducts its activities, made up of four key products, through a single operating segment. Consequently, no detailed 
segment information has been presented.

None of the Group’s customers represented more than 10% of the Group’s revenue generated from the building of retirement 
apartments for any reporting period presented herein.

6. Profit for the year
Profit for the year has been arrived at after charging/(crediting):

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of intangibles
Operating lease rental expense
   Land and buildings
   Plant and machinery
Cost of inventories recognised as an expense
Staff costs
Change in fair value of derivatives
Share-based payments charge to profit and loss
Movement in inventory provision

Continuing operations  
Year ended 31 August

2016
£m

1.1
2.5

0.9
2.3
436.0
69.3
0.3
1.5
(0.3)

2015
£m

1.0
2.5

1.0
2.0
314.6
59.2
0.1
1.5
(2.5)

Notes

15
14
28

7
21
32

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    97

6. Profit for the year continued
Reconciliation to underlying operating profit and profit before tax
The following tables present a reconciliation between the statutory profit measures disclosed on the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income and the underlying measures used by the Board to appraise performance.

Exceptional items are items which, due to their one-off, non-trading and non-recurring nature, have been separately classified by 
the Directors in order to draw them to the attention of the reader. Amortisation of brand has been adjusted in order to reconcile 
to underlying operating profit and underlying profit before tax given the Directors do not believe this cost reflects the underlying 
trading of the business. In the judgement of the Directors this presentation shows the underlying performance of the Group.

Exceptionals

Year ended 31 August 2016

Operating profit
Finance income
Finance expense

Profit before tax
Income tax expense

Profit for the year from continuing operations and  

total comprehensive income

Earnings per share
Basic (p per share)
Diluted (p per share)

Notes

9
10

Exceptional

Adjusted cost

Statutory 
£m

Administrative 
costs 
£m

Amortisation 
of brand 
£m

Underlying 
£m

95.1
2.7
(4.9)

92.9
(19.4)

73.5

13.9
13.9

10.0
–
–

10.0
(0.7)

9.3

1.8
1.8

2.1
–
–

2.1
(0.4)

107.2
2.7
(4.9)

105.0
(20.5)

1.7

84.5

0.4
0.4

16.1
16.1

The exceptional administrative costs in FY16 primarily relate to the transaction fees and other costs of listing (£8.5m). Other costs 
recognised within exceptionals relate to redundancy and restructuring costs (£0.9m), Management Incentive Plan payments 
(£0.4m) and refinancing and other costs (£0.2m). 

Year ended 31 August 2015

Operating profit
Finance income
Finance expense

Profit before tax
Income tax expense

Profit for the year from continuing operations and 

total comprehensive income

Earnings per share
Adjusted basic (p per share)1
Adjusted diluted (p per share)1

Notes

9
10

Exceptional costs

Adjusted cost

Statutory 
£m

Restructuring 
related costs 
£m

Refinancing 
costs 
£m

Amortisation 
of brand 
£m

Underlying 
£m

87.8
1.2
(8.1)

80.9
(16.6)

64.3

13.5
13.5

5.0
–
–

5.0
(0.9)

4.1

0.9
0.9

0.4
–
–

0.4
(0.1)

0.3

0.1
0.1

2.1
–
–

2.1
(0.4)

1.7

0.3
0.3

95.3
1.2
(8.1)

88.4
(18.0)

70.4

14.8
14.8

1  Prior year EPS has been adjusted to reflect the 4:1 share consolidation that took place in FY16. A reconciliation to the previously stated EPS has been provided in note 12.

The operating exceptional costs in FY15 relate to advisory costs in relation to a potential transaction, redundancy, office relocation 
and restructuring costs following an operational review of the business, and advisory costs in relation to the refinancing of the 
Group’s debt.

Auditor’s remuneration

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor:
Annual audit
Transaction related audit and advisory services

There were no other non-audit fees payable to Group auditor in the year.

Audit fees in relation to joint ventures audited by the Group’s auditor were £3,000 (2015: £2,000).

Continuing operations  
Year ended 31 August

2016
£m

0.2
0.7

0.9

2015
£m

0.2
0.5

0.7

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 201698    McCarthy & Stone plc

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

7. Staff costs
Staff costs for the year include Directors’ emoluments, which are detailed below:

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Other pension costs
Share-based payments
Termination payments

Continuing operations  
Year ended 31 August

2016
£m

58.4
6.5
2.0
1.5
0.9

69.3

2015
£m

50.3
5.7
1.7
1.5
–

59.2

The average number of persons, including Executive Directors, employed by the Group during the year was as follows:

Office management
Construction

At 31 August 2016, the Group employed 1,344 people (2015: 1,158).

Amounts recognised in respect of Directors’ emoluments:

Directors’ emoluments

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Share-based payments
Other pension costs

Continuing operations  
Year ended 31 August

2016 
Number

2015 
Number

1,048
241

1,289

824
220

1,044

Continuing operations  
Year ended 31 August

2016
£m

1.5
0.2
0.6
0.2

2.5

2015
£m

1.4
0.4
0.8
–

2.6

The emoluments of the highest paid Director was £0.9m (2015: £0.7m), including pension contributions of nil (2015: nil). 
The number of Directors in the Company pension plan was two (2015: one).

8. Other income and expenses

Net rental income
Other income
Non-core business revenue
Land sales (loss)/profit

Continuing operations  
Year ended 31 August

2016
£m

0.6
5.9
2.1
(0.1)

8.5

2015
£m

0.3
4.6
3.9
0.3

9.1

Other income arises on the services provided by Group subsidiaries to manage certain developments. Non-core business revenue 
relates to other income such as rebates and customer extras. 

9. Finance income

Change in fair value of shared equity receivables
Interest income received

Continuing operations  
Year ended 31 August

2016
£m

2.5
0.2

2.7

2015
£m

0.9
0.3

1.2

Annual Report and Accounts 201610. Finance expense

Loans and overdraft fees
Promissory note interest and fees
Refinancing issue costs
Fair value movement on interest rate cap

11. Tax

Corporation tax charges:
   Current year
   Adjustments in respect of prior years
Deferred tax charges:
   Current year
   Adjustments in respect of prior years

The tax charge for each year can be reconciled to the profit per the income statement as follows:

Profit before tax on continuing operations

Tax charge at the UK corporation tax rate of 20.00% (2015: 20.58%)
Tax effect of:
   Expenses that are not deductible in determining taxable profit
   Income not taxable in determining taxable profit
   Adjustments in respect of previous periods
   Other reconciling items

Tax charge for the year

McCarthy & Stone plc    99

Notes

20

Continuing operations  
Year ended 31 August

2016
£m

3.6
0.5
0.5
0.3

4.9

2016 
£m

18.6
(0.4)

1.2
–

19.4

2016 
£m

92.9

18.6

1.5
(0.1)
(0.4)
(0.2)

19.4

2015
£m

7.7
–
0.3
0.1

8.1

2015 
£m

16.0
(0.3)

0.7
0.2

16.6

2015 
£m

80.9

16.6

0.3
(0.3)
–
–

16.6

Reductions in the rate of corporation tax to 19% and 18% from 1 April 2017 and 1 April 2020 were substantively enacted on 
18 November 2015. The UK deferred tax assets and liabilities at 31 August 2015 have been calculated based on the appropriate 
rate at which the asset/liability will unwind.

12. Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated as the profit for the financial period attributable to shareholders of the Company divided by 
the weighted average number of shares in issue during the period. The actual weighted average number of ordinary shares during 
the full year ended 31 August 2016 was 525.6m for basic and 525.9m for diluted calculations, giving a statutory earnings per share 
for the year ended 31 August 2016 of 13.9p (both basic and diluted).

Profit attributable to shareholders (£m)
Weighted average number of shares (m)

Basic earnings per share (p)

2016 

2015 

73.1
525.6

13.9

64.1
1,905.6

3.4

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of shares in issue is adjusted to assume the conversion of all 
potentially dilutive ordinary shares. At 31 August 2016, the Company had two categories of potentially dilutive ordinary shares: 
1.9m nil cost share options under the 2015 LTIP and 4.1m 167.4p share options under the 2015 Sharesave plan.

A calculation is done to determine the number of shares that could have been acquired at fair value based on the aggregate of the 
exercise price of each share option and the fair value of future services to be supplied to the Group, which is the unamortised 
share-based payments charge. The difference between the number of shares that could have been acquired at fair value and the 
total number of options is used in the diluted earnings per share calculation.

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 2016100    McCarthy & Stone plc

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

12. Earnings per share continued

Profit used to determine diluted EPS (£m)
Weighted average number of shares (m)
Adjustments for:
   Share options – 2015 LTIP (m)
   Share options – 2015 Sharesave plan (m)
Shares used to determine diluted EPS (m)
Diluted earnings per share (p)

2016 

2015 

73.1
525.6

64.1
1,905.6

0.3
–
525.9
13.9

–
–
1,905.6
3.4

The year ended 31 August 2015 earnings per share calculations shown below have been calculated using a rebased weighted 
average number of ordinary shares of 476,387,438 (for both the basic and diluted calculations) to allow meaningful comparison 
with the year ended 31 August 2016 earnings per share data. This was pursuant to the consolidation of the Group’s share capital 
at a ratio of 4:1 which occurred on 11 November 2015. 

Earnings per share for the year ending 31 August 2015, reconciliation to prior year reported figures:

Profit attributable to shareholders (£m)
Weighted average number of shares (m) 

Earnings per share (p)
Reduction in shares following share consolidation
Weighted average number of shares (m) – restated

Adjusted earnings per share (p)

13. Goodwill

Cost 
At 1 September 2014 and 31 August 2015 and 2016

Carrying amount
At 1 September 2014 and 31 August 2015 and 2016

Basic 

Diluted

64.1
1,905.6

3.4
(1,429.2)
476.4

64.1
1,905.6

3.4
(1,429.2)
476.4

13.5

13.5

£m

41.7

41.7

No impairment losses have been recognised in any of the reporting periods presented herein.

Goodwill arose as a result of an acquisition in 2009 of the assets and liabilities of Monarch Realisations 1 plc (in liquidation).  
As the goodwill relates to the business as a whole, it has not been allocated to a specific CGU. For key assumptions in 
determining recoverable amounts in goodwill impairment testing, refer to note 16.

14. Intangible assets

Cost
At 1 September 2014
Additions

At 31 August 2015
Additions

At 31 August 2016

Amortisation
At 1 September 2014
Charge for the year

At 31 August 2015
Charge for the year

At 31 August 2016

Carrying amount
At 31 August 2015

At 31 August 2016

Brand
£m

Software
£m

41.4
–

41.4
–

41.4

(11.1)
(2.1)

(13.2)
(2.1)

(15.3)

28.2

26.1

2.9
1.0

3.9
0.4

4.3

–
(0.4)

(0.4)
(0.4)

(0.8)

3.5

3.5

Total
£m

44.3
1.0

45.3
0.4

45.7

(11.1)
(2.5)

(13.6)
(2.5)

(16.1)

31.7

29.6

Brand assets represent McCarthy & Stone plc brand name purchased as part of the business combination in 2009. Brand assets 
have 12 years and 7 months of useful life remaining.

All amortisation charged is recognised in administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Annual Report and Accounts 201615. Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 1 September 2014
Additions
Disposals

At 31 August 2015
Additions
Disposals

At 31 August 2016

Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 1 September 2014
Charge for the year
Eliminated on disposals

At 31 August 2015
Charge for the year
Eliminated on disposals

At 31 August 2016

Carrying amount
At 31 August 2015

At 31 August 2016

McCarthy & Stone plc    101

Fixtures, 
fittings and 
equipment 
£m

6.9
2.0
(2.9)

6.0
1.5
(0.3)

7.2

(4.0)
(1.0)
1.6

(3.4)
(1.1)
0.2

Total 
£m

6.9
2.0
(2.9)

6.0
1.5
(0.3)

7.2

(4.0)
(1.0)
1.6

(3.4)
(1.1)
0.2

(4.3)

(4.3)

2.6

2.9

2.6

2.9

16. Impairment testing
During the periods reported in the financial statements, no impairments have been recognised against the Group’s assets. For 
each reported period, management have performed an impairment review of goodwill, being an indefinitely lived asset. The Group 
only has one CGU, being the McCarthy & Stone (Developments) Limited’s business, which was acquired in 2009.

The key assumptions for the value in use calculations are those regarding the discount rates, growth rates and expected changes 
to earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) used as a proxy of free cash flows beyond the budgeted 
years) as well as the level of capital expenditure required to maintain the existing business into the future. These assumptions are 
reviewed and revised annually in light of current economic conditions and the future outlook for the business. Management 
estimates discount rates using pre-tax rates that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks 
specific to the business; rates used for 2016 are 8.4% (2015: 8.4%).

The forecast period employed in the impairment assessment was five years followed by an assessment of cash flows and growth 
into perpetuity. The growth rates used are based on management’s assessment of the cash flow forecasts over the medium term. 
Due to the headroom within the calculation no further growth has been assumed within the perpetuity calculation. These are 
based on conservative estimates of the Group’s ability to participate in the growth expected in the industry. Changes in selling 
prices and direct costs are based on past practices and expectations of future changes in the market.

The value of goodwill recognised in the financial statements has been compared to the derived value in use with no impairment 
charges arising. The Group has conducted a sensitivity analysis on the key assumptions which are material to the impairment 
assessment including the discount rate, the cash flow projections and the terminal growth rate and concluded no material 
sensitivity exists in these calculations.

No impairment charges were recorded on items of property, plant and equipment throughout the period covered by these 
financial statements.

17. Investment in joint ventures
The Group has a 50% ownership interest of ordinary shares in each of Kindle Housing (Worthing) Limited, Kindle Housing 
(Christchurch) Limited and Kindle Housing (Exeter) Limited, which rent affordable housing to local key worker employees. 
The Group also has a 50% ownership interest in Kindle Housing Limited, which manages affordable housing. These companies 
are all registered in England and Wales.

The Group accounts for its interests in these companies using the equity method of accounting.

The share of the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of the jointly controlled entities is not material.

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 2016102    McCarthy & Stone plc

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

18. Inventories

Land held for development
Sites in the course of construction
Finished stock

2016 
£m

236.5
201.0
248.3

685.8

2015 
£m

130.9
258.8
196.1

585.8

Days in inventory amounted to 574 days in 2016 (2015: 685 days). 

Inventory days are calculated by taking cost of inventories recognised as an expense in the year divided by yearend inventory.

19. Trade and other receivables

Trade and other receivables due in less than one year
Trade receivables
Other debtors and prepayments

Trade and other receivables due in greater than one year
Secured mortgages
Shared equity receivables

2016 
£m

2015 
£m

1.5
6.0

7.5

3.4
29.3

32.7

1.0
9.9

10.9

3.5
28.0

31.5

Trade receivables and secured mortgages disclosed above are classified as loans and receivables and are measured at 
amortised cost.

The Directors consider that the carrying amounts of trade and other receivables and non-current receivables approximates their 
fair value.

20. Deferred tax
The following are the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the Group:

At 1 September 2014
Income statement charge

At 31 August 2015
Income statement charge

At 31 August 2016

Accelerated 
tax 
depreciation 
£m

Other 
temporary 
differences 
£m

Unrelieved 
tax losses 
£m

0.2
(0.2)

–
–

–

0.4
(0.7)

(0.3)
(1.2)

(1.5)

–
–

–
–

–

Total 
£m

0.6
(0.9)

(0.3)
(1.2)

(1.5)

Deferred tax assets are represented by positive values and deferred tax liabilities are represented by negative values in the 
table above.

Deferred tax assets of £0.1m in relation to capital losses carried forward were not recognised as there is uncertainty as to whether 
these losses could be utilised by the Group prior to expiry (2015: £0.3m). These losses have no expiry date.

21. Derivative financial assets

Interest rate cap

2016 
£m

–

2015 
£m

0.3

Annual Report and Accounts 201622. Trade and other payables

Trade payables
UK corporation tax
Other taxes and social security costs
Accrued expenses
Other creditors

McCarthy & Stone plc    103

2016 
£m

26.8
8.4
1.9
51.4
18.6

107.1

2015 
£m

23.0
8.5
1.8
36.9
13.6

83.8

Trade payables and accrued expenses principally comprise amounts outstanding for trade purchases and ongoing costs. The 
average credit period taken for trade purchases was 21 days during 2016 (2015: 20 days). No material interest costs have been 
incurred in relation to such payables. The Group policy is to ensure that payables are paid within the pre-agreed credit terms and 
to avoid incurring penalties and/or interest on late payments. Other creditors include sales taxes, property taxes, social security 
and employment taxes due to local tax authorities. The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade payables 
approximates their fair value.

No trade payables are purchased on extended payment terms.

23. Land payables

Land payables

2016 
£m

49.3

2015 
£m

36.5

Land payables relate to payment due in respect of land which has been purchased under an unconditional contract.

24. Borrowings
Short-term borrowings

Promissory notes

Long-term borrowings

Loans
Unamortised issue costs
Promissory notes

Revolving Credit Facility

2016 
£m

11.3

2016 
£m

55.0
(2.5)
–

52.5

2015 
£m

–

2015 
£m

90.0
(2.1)
11.3

99.2

Outstanding at 31 August

2016 
£m

55.0

2015 
£m

90.0

Maturity

May 2021

During December 2014, the £160.0m term debt facility was replaced by a new £200.0m revolving credit facility (RCF), with a 
five-year term, maturing December 2019. The nominal interest rate of this facility has been amended within the year to a 1, 3 or 6 
month LIBOR + 1.6% (2015: 1, 3 or 6 month LIBOR + 2.5%) depending on the length of the drawdown. As at 31 August 2016, 
£55.0m (2015: £90.0m) was drawn. The RCF is secured by a floating charge over the assets of McCarthy & Stone plc, McCarthy & 
Stone Retirement Lifestyles Limited, McCarthy & Stone (Developments) Limited, McCarthy & Stone Extra Care Living Limited and 
McCarthy & Stone Total Care Management Limited.

In May 2016, an amendment was made to the RCF agreement to improve commercial terms and extend the facility’s maturity date 
from 19 December 2019 to 23 May 2021. As part of the amendment the margins have been reduced. There have been no 
changes to the size of the facility.

Land-related promissory notes with terms of three to six months were used for two land acquisitions in the prior year. The total 
finance cost of the land-related promissory notes is 4%. The land-related promissory notes in issue are structured as ancillary 
facilities of the RCF and are therefore linked to the security arrangements discussed above.

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 2016104    McCarthy & Stone plc

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

25. Net (cash)/debt

Loans
Add back unamortised issue costs
Cash and cash equivalents

Net (cash)/debt
Add back land-related promissory notes

(Net cash)/net debt excluding land-related promissory notes

2016 
£m

63.7
2.5
(119.0)

(52.8)
(11.3)

(64.1)

2015 
£m

99.2
2.1
(56.9)

44.4
(11.3)

33.1

Net debt is a non-GAAP measure and is calculated as cash and cash equivalents less long-term and short-term borrowings 
(excluding unamortised debt issue costs). As at 31 August 2015, net debt was reported as cash and cash equivalents less 
long-term borrowings (excluding land-related promissory notes and unamortised debt issue costs).

26. Share capital
The Company has one class of ordinary shares which carry no right to fixed income. There is no limit to authorised share capital.

Issued and fully paid:
Ordinary shares of 8p (2015: 20p) each

Issued and fully paid:
Ordinary shares of 8p (2015: 20p) each

2016 
Number 
’000

2015 
Number 
’000

537,314 1,905,550

2016 
£’000

2015 
£’000

42,985

381,110

Issuance of equity securities
Capital reduction of share capital and share premium
In order to create additional distributable reserves for the Company, the Company resolved, by a special resolution passed as a 
written resolution on 26 October 2015, that the nominal value of the Company’s shares be reduced from 20p to 2p, reducing the 
amount standing to the credit of share capital account of the Company by £342,998,955.18 from £381,109,950.20 to 
£38,110,995.02 and that the Company’s share premium of £56,400,000 be cancelled.

Issuance of new shares in relation to the Management Incentive Plan
On 26 October 2015, the Company resolved, by a special resolution passed as a written resolution, to issue 43,706,526 ordinary 
shares at a nominal value of 2p to the 16 participants in the Management Incentive Plan in exchange for the transfer by these 
participants of the shares held by them in M&S MipCo S.à.r.l.

Consolidation of share capital 
On 26 October 2015, the Company resolved by special resolution passed as written resolution, to consolidate the issued and fully 
paid ordinary share capital of the Company at a ratio of 4:1. 

Issuance of new shares in relation to primary proceeds from the IPO 
On 26 October 2015, the Company resolved, by a special resolution passed as a written resolution, to issue 50,000,000 new 
ordinary shares of the Company at a nominal value of 8p pursuant to the raising of primary proceeds from the IPO. These shares 
were issued on 11 November 2015.

Dividends on equity shares
The interim dividend was approved by the Board on 18 April 2016 and paid on 31 May 2016 to all ordinary shareholders on the 
register of members at the close of business on Friday 29 April 2016, The ex-dividend date was 28 April 2016. The final dividend 
proposed by the Board is 3.5p per share resulting in a total ordinary dividend for the year of 4.5p. It will be paid on 1 February 
2017 to those shareholders who are on the register at 6 January 2017 subject to approval at the Company’s Annual General 
Meeting. The ex-dividend date is 5 January 2017. These financial statements do not reflect the final dividend payment.

Annual Report and Accounts 201627. Share premium reserve

Share premium

McCarthy & Stone plc    105

2016 
£m

100.8

2015 
£m

56.4

The share premium reserve represents the consideration that has been received in excess of the nominal value of shares on issue 
of new ordinary share capital.

Movements in share capital are explained within note 26, and presented within the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity.

28. Operating lease arrangements

Minimum lease payments under operating leases recognised as an expense during the year

2016 
£m

3.2

2015 
£m

3.0

At year end the Group had outstanding commitments for future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases, 
which fall due as follows:

2016 
£m

2015 
£m

Within one year
In the second to fifth years inclusive
After five years

Outstanding commitments for future minimum lease payments

3.9
8.7
2.8

3.2
7.8
2.8

15.4

13.8

Operating lease payments typically represent rentals payable by the Group for its office properties and cars. Rent reviews and 
break clauses apply to leased property agreements.

29. Notes to the cash flow statement

Profit for the financial year
Adjustments for:
Income tax expense
Amortisation of intangibles
Share option charge
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Interest expense
Interest income

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital

Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables
(Increase) in inventories
Increase in trade and other payables

Operating cash flows before interest and tax paid

Interest received
Interest paid
Income taxes paid

Cash generated by operations

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and bank balances

Notes

11
14
32
15
10
9

2016 
£m

73.5

19.4
2.5
1.5
1.1
4.9
(2.7)

100.2

2.2
(99.5)
37.5

40.4

0.2
(4.1)
(18.2)

18.3

18.3

2016 
£m

2015 
£m

64.3

16.6
2.5
1.5
1.0
8.1
(1.2)

92.8

(5.5)
(78.9)
32.2

40.6

0.3
(8.0)
(13.2)

19.7

19.7

2015 
£m

119.0

56.9

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash and bank balances and short-term bank deposits with an original maturity of three 
months or less, net of outstanding bank overdrafts. The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value.

The increase in inventories comprises movements in inventories and investment property (transferred to inventory), offset by the 
issuance of promissory notes in respect of two land acquisitions. The transfer of investment property to inventory and the issuance 
of promissory notes represent non-cash movements recognised against the associated inventory.

The increase in trade and other payables includes the movement in land payables.

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 2016106    McCarthy & Stone plc

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

30. Retirement benefit schemes
The Group operates a stakeholder defined contribution retirement benefit scheme which is open to all employees.

Other than amounts that are deducted from employees’ remuneration and accrued pending payment to the benefit scheme, no 
further obligations fall on the Group as the assets of these arrangements are held and managed by third parties entirely separate 
from the Group.

The benefit scheme charge for the period represents contributions payable to the benefit scheme and amounted to £2.0m for the 
year ended 31 August 2016 (2015: £1.7m). Unpaid contributions amounted to £0.2m as at 31 August 2016 (2015: £0.2m).

31. Financial risk management
The Group’s financial instruments comprise cash, bank loans and overdrafts, trade receivables, other financial assets and trade 
and other payables.

Categories of financial instruments

Financial assets
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss:
Shared equity receivables
Interest rate cap
Loans and receivables:
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables

Financial liabilities
Amortised cost:
Trade and other payables
Land payables
Loans
Land-related promissory notes

Notes

2016 
£m

2015 
£m

19
21

29
19

22
23
24
24

29.3
–

119.0
2.2

150.5

92.0
49.3
52.5
11.3

28.0
0.3

56.9
5.1

90.3

77.3
36.5
87.9
11.3

205.1

213.0

Capital risk management
The Group manages its capital (being debt, cash and cash equivalents and equity) to ensure entities within the Group have a 
strong capital base in order to continue as going concerns, to maintain investor and creditor confidence and to provide a basis for 
the future development of the business while maximising the return to stakeholders.

The Group is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements. Equity includes all capital and reserves of the Group that 
are managed as capital.

The Group does not routinely make additional issues of capital, other than for the purpose of raising finance for the management 
of the cost of capital of the Group or to fund significant developments designed to grow value in future.

Share-based payment schemes have been introduced to allow senior employees of the Group to participate in the ownership of 
one of the Group entities in order to ensure the senior employees are focused on growing the value of the Group to achieve the 
aims of all shareholders.

Financial risk management
The Group’s finance function is responsible for all aspects of corporate treasury. It co-ordinates access to financial markets and 
monitors and manages the financial risks relating to the operations of the Group through internal reports which analyse exposures 
by degree and magnitude. The risks reviewed include market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk and price 
risk), credit risk, liquidity risk and cash flow interest rate risk.

The Board is responsible for managing these risks and the policies adopted are as set out below.

Housing market risk management
The Group’s activities expose it primarily to macroeconomic risks such as deflation and the cyclical nature of UK property prices. 
A deterioration in the economic outlook could have a significant impact on the Group’s financial performance and the Group has 
the following procedures which mitigate its market related operational risk:
•  The Group closely monitors industry indicators and assesses the potential impact of different economic scenarios
•  Decisions to allocate new capital to land and build are managed centrally through the Group Investment Committee, membership 
of which includes the Group Chief Executive Officer, the Group Chief Financial Officer, the National Operations Director and the 
Land and Planning Director

•  The Group aims to maintain a national and product spread of developments to ensure that it is not reliant on one particular 

location, development or product

•  The Group undertakes a weekly review of sales, reservations and incentives at regional and Group level

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    107

31. Financial risk management continued
The value of the Group’s house price linked financial assets is sensitive to UK house prices since the amount repayable is 
dependent upon the market price of the property to which the asset is linked. At 31 August 2016, if UK house prices were 5% 
lower for a one-year period and all other variables were held constant, the Group’s house price linked financial assets would 
decrease in value, excluding the effects of tax, by £1.1m with a corresponding reduction in both the result for the year and equity.

Credit risk management
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group.  
The Group has a low exposure to credit risk due to the nature and legal framework of the UK housing industry. As stated in the 
Group’s accounting policy for revenue recognition, a sale is only recognised upon legal completion and this is accompanied by  
full cash receipt in virtually all cases.

In certain circumstances the Group offers sales incentives resulting in a long-term debt being recognised under which the Group 
will receive a proportion of the resale proceeds of an apartment. The Group’s equity share is protected by a registered entry on 
the title and usually represents the first interest in the property. A reduction in property values leads to an increase in the credit risk 
of the Group in respect of such sales.

The credit risk relating to shared equity receivables is deemed immaterial as the value is recovered though subsequent disposal of 
the related asset. As a result, management consider the credit quality of these receivables to be good in respect of the amounts 
outstanding, resulting in low credit risk. Exposure to house price sensitivity is built into the fair value calculation.

Trade receivables consist of a large number of customers, spread across different regions. Ongoing credit evaluation is performed 
on the financial condition of trade receivables.

The Group does not have any significant credit risk exposure to any single counterparty or group of counterparties having similar 
characteristics. The Group defines counterparties as having similar characteristics if they are related entities. There is no material 
concentration of credit risk in respect of one individual customer.

The carrying amount recorded for financial assets in the financial statements is net of impairment losses and represents the 
Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk. No guarantees have been given in respect to third parties. In addition for contracted 
rental agreements deposits or advances may be held to mitigate risk. The Group also holds legal recourse and can exercise its 
right to recover rental equipment from non-performing customers. 

Liquidity risk management
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations associated with financial liabilities. The Group’s 
strategy in relation to managing liquidity risk is to ensure that the Group has sufficient cash flow liquid funds to meet all its potential 
liabilities as they fall due. The Group produces cash flow forecasts to monitor the expected requirements of the Group against the 
available facilities. The principal risks with these cash flows relate to achieving the level of sales volumes and prices in line with 
current forecast.

The maturity of the financial liabilities of the Group at 31 August 2016 is as follows:

Loans
Other financial liabilities carrying interest
Financial liabilities carrying no interest

Total

Loans
Other financial liabilities carrying interest
Financial liabilities carrying no interest

Total

Carrying  
value 
£m

Contractual 
cash flows 
£m

90.0
11.3
113.8

215.1

102.8
11.7
113.8

228.3

2015

Within 1 year 
£m

2–5 years 
£m

5+ years 
£m

3.9
0.3
113.8

118.0

2016

98.9
11.4
–

110.3

–
–
–

–

Carrying 
value 
£m

Contractual 
cash flows 
£m

Within 1 year 
£m

2–5 years 
£m

5+ years 
£m

55.0
11.3
141.3

207.6

64.7
11.4
141.3

217.4

2.0
11.4
141.3

154.7

62.7
–
–

62.7

–
–
–

–

Other financial liabilities carrying interest are promissory notes, which attract availability and discount fees. Financial liabilities carrying 
no interest are trade and other payables and land payables. The timing and amount of future cash flows given in the table above is 
based on the year-end position.

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 2016108    McCarthy & Stone plc

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

31. Financial risk management continued
Interest rate risk management
Interest rate risk reflects the Group’s exposure to fluctuations to interest rates in the market. The risk arises because the Group’s 
RCF is subject to floating interest rates based on LIBOR. From 2015 the interest rate risk has been partially mitigated by the 
purchase of an interest rate cap. See note 21 for further details. 

In the year ended 31 August 2016, if UK interest rates had been 0.5% higher or lower, as this is a reasonably possible change, and 
all other variances were held constant, the Group’s pre-tax profit would decrease/increase by £0.5m (2015: £0.7m). Calculations 
have been based on borrowing values at each month end. 

Fair value of financial instruments
Valuation techniques and assumptions applied for the purposes of measuring fair value
Fair value of financial instruments carried at amortised cost
The Directors consider that the carrying amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities recorded at amortised cost in the 
financial statements approximate their fair values.

Bank and other loans
Fair value is calculated based on discounted expected future principal and interest flows.

Interest rate swaps
At each period end, the Directors appoint a valuer to perform an external valuation of the fair value of each interest rate swap or 
cap outstanding. Fair values are based on broker quotes, which are reviewed by the Directors and reflect the actual transactions in 
similar instruments. 

Valuation of level 1, 2 and 3 financial assets and liabilities
•  The fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities with standard terms and conditions and traded on active liquid markets 
are determined with reference to quoted market prices (includes listed redeemable notes, bills of exchange, debentures and 
perpetual notes)

•  The fair values of other financial assets and financial liabilities (excluding derivative instruments) are determined in accordance 
with generally accepted pricing models based on discounted cash flow analysis using prices from observable current market 
transactions and dealer quotes for similar instruments

•  The fair values of derivative instruments are calculated using quoted prices. Where such prices are not available, a discounted 
cash flow analysis is performed using the applicable yield curve for the duration of the instruments for non-optional derivatives, 
and option pricing models for optional derivatives. Foreign currency forward contracts are measured using quoted forward 
exchange rates and yield curves derived from quoted interest rates matching maturities of the contracts. Interest rate swaps are 
measured at the present value of future cash flows estimated and discounted based on the applicable yield curves derived 
from quoted interest rates

Fair value measurements recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value. 
The grouping into Levels 1 to 3 is based on the degree to which their fair value is observable:
•  Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or 

liabilities

•  Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are 

observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)

•  Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are 

not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs)

The financial instruments held by the Group that are measured at fair value all relate to financial assets measured at fair value 
through profit and loss (FVTPL) using methods associated with Level 3. The sensitivities are not material on assets held at fair value.

Financial assets at FVTPL
Shared equity receivables
Interest rate cap

Total financial assets designated at FVTPL

Financial assets at FVTPL
Shared equity receivables
Interest rate cap

Total financial assets designated at FVTPL

Level 1 
£m

2015

Level 2  
£m

–
–

–

–
–

–

2016

Level 3 
£m

28.0
0.3

28.3

Level 1 
£m

Level 2 
 £m

Level 3 
£m

–
–

–

–
–

–

29.3
–

29.3

Total 
£m

28.0
0.3

28.3

Total 
 £m

29.3
–

29.3

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    109

31. Financial risk management continued
There were no transfers between Levels 1, 2 or 3 in the year.

Financial assets comprise shared equity loans secured by way of a second charge on the property, investment properties and an 
interest rate cap.

Financial assets are recorded at fair value, being the estimated amount receivable by the Group, discounted to present day values.

For shared equity receivables the fair value of future anticipated cash receipts takes into account the Directors’ views of an 
appropriate discount rate, a new build premium, future house price movements and the expected timing of receipts. These 
assumptions cover a variety of different schemes and the range of assumptions used are stated below. The assumptions are 
reviewed at each period end.

Assumptions

Discount rate
New build premium
House price inflation
Timing of receipt 

Sensitivity-effect on value of other financial assets(less)/more

Discount rate
House price inflation
Timing of receipt

2016

2015

5%

4.7 to 5.1% 4.7 to 5.2%
5%
0 to 4.0% 0 to 3.2%
5 to 12 yrs  6 to 12 yrs 

2016
Increase 
assumptions 
by 1%/year
£m

2016 
Decrease 
assumptions 
by 1%/year
£m

(2.4)
2.3
(1.3)

2.7
(2.1)
1.3

The Directors review the anticipated future cash receipts from the assets at each reporting date and the difference between the 
anticipated future receipt and the initial fair value is credited to finance income.

At initial recognition, the fair values of the assets are calculated using a discount rate appropriate to the class of assets that reflects 
market conditions at the date of entering into the transaction. The Directors consider at the end of each reporting period whether 
the initial market discount rate still reflects up to date market conditions. If a revision is required, the fair values of the assets are 
remeasured at the present value of the revised future cash flows using this revised discount rate. The difference between these 
values and the carrying values of the assets is recorded against the carrying value of the assets and recognised directly in the 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

The following tables present the changes in Level 3 instruments for the years ended 31 August 2015 and 2016:

Opening balance
Additions
Disposals
Revaluation gains or (losses) recognised in the income statement

Closing balance

Opening balance
Additions
Disposals
Revaluation gains or (losses) recognised in the income statement

Closing balance

Shared  
equity 
receivables 
£m

24.3
4.8
(2.0)
0.9

28.0

Shared 
equity 
receivables 
£m

28.0
0.5
(1.7)
2.5

29.3

2015

Interest  
rate cap  
£m

–
0.4
–
(0.1)

0.3

2016

Interest  
rate cap  
£m

0.3
–
–
(0.3)

–

Total 
£m

24.3
5.2
(2.0)
0.8

28.3

Total 
 £m

28.3
0.5
(1.7)
2.2

29.3

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 2016110    McCarthy & Stone plc

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

32. Share-based payments
Cash-settled and equity-settled share-based payment scheme
Within the year the existing Management Incentive Plan that had been granted to certain employees crystallised. This Plan was a 
partly equity-settled and partly cash-settled share-based payment arrangement whereby the employees were entitled to a cash 
bonus and shares if certain future conditions were met.

The split of equity and cash was based on a hurdle mechanism which accrued from a predetermined starting equity value 
compounded at a set rate of interest per annum. The cash payment was a percentage of the final valuation above the starting 
equity but below the hurdle. The shares entitled the participants to a percentage of the total value created above the hurdle 
delivered in McCarthy & Stone plc shares. The number of Directors in respect of whose qualifying services shares were received 
or receivable under long-term incentive schemes was six (2015: five).

Equity-settled share-based payment
The cost of the equity-settled transactions with the participants is measured by reference to their fair value at the date at which 
they are granted and is recognised as an expense over the expected vesting period. In 2014, 19,150 shares were issued to the 
participants and the fair value of the shares at the grant date was measured at £1.3m based on management’s most recent 
valuation. Therefore, the Group recognised a cost of £0.1m in the year ended 31 August 2016 (2015: £0.9m) in the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income in relation to the equity-settled share-based payment.

Upon crystallisation a total of 43,706,526 shares were issued to participants of the Management Incentive Plan (post consolidated 
figure of 10,926,632 shares). Further information on movements to share capital within the year is included in note 26. 

Cash-settled share-based payment
The total cash payment made under this scheme was £0.8m. The fair value in relation to the cash payment of the scheme as at 
31 August 2016 was £nil following full settlement (2015: £0.9m). Due to the crystallisation within the year there is no fair value in 
relation to the cash payment of the scheme as at 31 August 2016 (2015: £0.9m). The Group recognised a total cost of £0.3m 
(2015: £0.6m) in relation to the cash-settled share-based payment during the year ended 31 August 2016.

Equity-settled share-based payment plans
Following the IPO of the Group in November 2015, the Group entered into new share incentive plans: the McCarthy & Stone plc 
Long Term Incentive Plan (the LTIP), and the McCarthy & Stone plc Annual and Deferred Bonus Plan (the ABP). In addition, the 
Group has also established two all-employee share incentive plans: the McCarthy & Stone plc Share Incentive Plan (the SIP) and 
the McCarthy & Stone plc Sharesave Plan (the SAYE). 

Long Term Incentive Plan 
During the period the Group introduced a LTIP for key management at the discretion of the Board. Awards under the scheme are 
granted in the form of nil-priced share options. LTIP awards will normally vest, and LTIP options become exercisable, on the third 
anniversary of the date of the grant of the LTIP award to the extent that any applicable performance conditions have been 
satisfied. LTIP Options will remain exercisable for ten years after the date of the grant. Awards are to be settled by the issue of new 
shares or acquisition of shares in the market. The performance conditions for the first grant under the LTIP are earnings per share 
(EPS), comparative shareholder return (TSR) and return on capital employed (ROCE). The TSR performance condition is a 
market-based condition. In order to value the TSR performance conditions against the FTSE 250, a Monte Carlo simulation model 
is required which can simulate correlation between companies. 

LTIP

Date of grant
Options granted
Fair value at measurement date1 (£)
Share price on date of grant (£)
Exercise price (£)
Vesting period
Expected dividend yield
Expected volatility
Risk free interest rate
Valuation model
Movements in the year:
Options at beginning of the year
Granted during the year
Exercised during the year
Lapsed during the year
Expired in the year

Options at the end of the year

Exercisable at end of the year

1  This is the average fair value of the fair values for the three tranches of the LTIP scheme.

2016

25 November 2015
1,930,524
2.12
2.32
0
3 years
n/a
26.07%
0.8% p.a.
Black-Scholes and Monte Carlo

0
1,930,524
0
113,888
0

1,816,636

0

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    111

32. Share-based payments continued
The weighted average of the average price for the LTIP award is nil. 

Expected volatility was determined by calculating the average historical volatility over a period commensurate with the expected 
life of the award for the LTIP based on the FTSE 250, which McCarthy & Stone are a constituent of post-IPO. 

Sharesave Plan
The SAYE Plan is an all-employee savings related share option plan. Employees are invited to make regular monthly contributions 
to a SAYE scheme operated by Capita Asset Services. On completion of the contract period (three or five years) employees are 
able to purchase ordinary shares in the Company based on the average closing middle market price over the three days prior to 
the award, less 20% discount. There are no performance conditions. 

SAYE

2016

2016

Total

Weighted average 
exercise price 
2016

Date of grant
Options granted
Fair value at measurement date (£)
Share price on date of grant (£)
Exercise price (£)
Vesting period
Expected dividend yield
Expected volatility
Risk free interest rate
Valuation model
Movements in the year:
Options at beginning of the year
Granted during the year
Exercised during the year
Lapsed during the year
Expired in the year

Options at the end of the year

Exercisable at end of the year

10 December 2016
2,912,247
0.68
2.34
1.674
3 years
26.20%
26.07%
0.8% p.a.
Black-Scholes

10 December 2016
1,197,514
0.75
2.34
1.674
5 years
28.16%
26.07%
1.2% p.a.
Black-Scholes

–
2,912,247
–
(259,219)
–

2,653,028

–

–
1,197,514
–
(35,839)
–

1,161,675

–

–
4,109,761
–
(295,058)
–

3,814,703

–

–
1.674
–
1.674
–

1.674

–

Expected volatility was determined by calculating the average historical volatility over a period commensurate with the expected 
life of the savings term for the SAYE options, based on the FTSE 250, which McCarthy & Stone are a constituent of post-IPO. 

Share Incentive Plan
In May 2016, the Group established a Share Incentive Plan available to all employees. This allows employees to purchase 
partnership shares each month from pre-tax pay, which are then held in trust. These shares can be sold or taken from the SIP or 
be left within the trust for as long as the plan remains open. All plan shares and any other assets held by the trustees will be held 
upon trust for the participants; there is therefore no impact to the Group’s financial statements in respect of this plan. 

Annual and Deferred Bonus Plan
The ABP incorporates the Company’s executive bonus scheme as well as a mechanism for the deferral of bonus into awards  
over ordinary shares. All employees (including the Executive Directors) of the Group are eligible to participate in the ABP at the 
discretion of the Board. At 31 August 2016, three Executive Directors were participating in the scheme. As maximum bonus 
targets have not been achieved, a cash portion of the bonus has been awarded.

Total Share Incentive Plan
Analysis of the income charge:

Equity-settled and cash-settled share-based payments:
Management Incentive Plan

Equity-settled share-based payments:
SAYE
LTIP

2016 
£m

0.4

0.4
0.7

1.1

1.5

2015 
£m

1.5

–
–

–

1.5

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 2016112    McCarthy & Stone plc

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

33. Subsidiaries

Name

Principal activity

Company 
number

Class of 
shares

2016 
%

2015 
%

06622183 Ordinary
Holding company
McCarthy & Stone (Developments) Limited
06622231 Ordinary
Developer
McCarthy & Stone Retirement Lifestyles Limited
05663330 Ordinary
Property investment
McCarthy & Stone (Equity Interests) Limited
05984851 Ordinary
Property investment
McCarthy & Stone (Home Equity Interests) Limited
06496130 Ordinary
McCarthy & Stone Investment Properties No. 23 Limited* Property investment
06069509 Ordinary
Property investment
McCarthy & Stone (Total Care Living) Limited*
07517819 Ordinary
Property investment
McCarthy & Stone (Alnwick) Limited*
06897363 Ordinary
Property investment
McCarthy & Stone (Extra Care Living) Limited
06897301 Ordinary
Property investment
McCarthy & Stone Total Care Management Limited
Property investment
McCarthy & Stone Rental Interests No. 1 Limited*
06897272 Ordinary
Development management 07166051 Ordinary
McCarthy & Stone Management Services Limited
07165986 Ordinary
Holding company
McCarthy & Stone Lifestyle Services Limited*
07798214 Ordinary
Financial services
McCarthy & Stone Financial Services Limited*
04213618 Ordinary
Property investment
Keyworker Properties Limited
Property resale
McCarthy & Stone Estates Limited*
07165952 Ordinary
Development management 07153519 Ordinary
YourLife Management Services Limited
06897315 Ordinary
Dormant
McCarthy & Stone Independent Living Limited
01925738 Ordinary
Dormant
McCarthy & Stone Properties Limited*
02207050 Ordinary
Dormant
The Planning Bureau Limited*
08658235 Ordinary
Dormant
Ortus Homes Limited

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
50
100
100
100
100

90
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
50
100
100
100
100

*   These UK subsidiaries will take advantage of the audit exemption set out within section 479A of the Companies Act 2006 for the year ended 31 August 2016.

Each of the above shareholdings gives the immediate Parent Company 100% voting rights, with the exception of YourLife 
Management Services Limited where the parent has 50% voting rights, but the power to appoint the majority of the Directors. 
Accordingly this gives the Group power over the relevant activities of this entity.

The registered address of all of the above subsidiaries is 4th Floor, 100 Holdenhurst Road, Bournemouth, Dorset, BH8 8AQ.

34. Related party transactions
Balances and transactions between the Parent Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on 
consolidation and are not disclosed in this note. Transactions between the Group and other related parties are disclosed below.

Remuneration of key management personnel
The key management personnel are the executive leadership team. The remuneration that they have received during the year is 
set out below in aggregate for each of the categories specified in IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’.

Short-term employee benefits
Share-based payments
Pension contributions
Termination payment

Aggregate emoluments of the highest paid Director

2016 
£m

2015 
£m

2.5
0.9
0.2
0.4

4.0

0.9

3.2
1.1
0.2
–

4.5

0.7

As part of the Management Incentive Plan shares totalling 33,098,147 were issued to key management personnel, prior to share 
consolidation. Note 26 details movements in share capital within the year.

35. Events after the balance sheet date
There were no events after the reporting period that required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

Annual Report and Accounts 2016Parent Company Statement of Financial Position
As at 31 August 2016

McCarthy & Stone plc    113

Assets
Non-current assets
Investments in subsidiaries

Total non-current assets

Current assets
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Equity and liabilities
Capital and reserves
Share capital
Share premium
Retained earnings

Total equity

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables

Total current liabilities

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Notes

2016 
£m

2015
 £m

4

5

6

7

439.4

439.4

104.3
–

104.3

543.7

43.0
100.8
394.3

538.1

5.6

5.6

5.6

419.7

419.7

17.5
–

17.5

437.2

381.1
56.4
(2.5)

435.0

2.2

2.2

2.2

543.7

437.2

Notes 1 to 12 form part of the financial statements shown above.

There were no recognised gains and losses for the year other than the profit for the year (2015: nil).

The Company has elected to take the exemption under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present the Parent 
Company profit and loss account. The Company recorded a profit for the year of £1.7m (2015: £nil).

These financial statements of McCarthy & Stone plc (06622199) were approved by the Board on 14 November 2016 and signed 
on its behalf by:

Clive Fenton 
Director 

Nick Maddock
Director

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 2016 
 
114    McCarthy & Stone plc

Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 31 August 2016

Balance at 1 September 2014

Profit for the period

Total comprehensive income for the period

Balance at 31 August 2015

Profit for the period

Total comprehensive income for the period
Transactions with owners of the Company:
Issue of ordinary shares
Capital reduction of share capital and share premium
Share-based payments
Share issue related costs
Dividends

Balance at 31 August 2016

Notes 1 to 12 form part of the financial statements shown above.

Notes

6
6
9
6
6

Share 
capital
£m

381.1

–

–

Share 
premium
 £m

Retained 
earnings
£m

Total
 £m

56.4

(2.5)

435.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

381.1

56.4

(2.5)

435.0

–

–

4.9
(343.0)
–
–
–

–

–

104.8
(56.4)
–
(4.0)
–

1.7

1.7

–
399.4
1.1
–
(5.4)

1.7

1.7

109.7
–
1.1
(4.0)
(5.4)

43.0

100.8

394.3

538.1

Annual Report and Accounts 2016Parent Company Cash Flow Statement
For the year ended 31 August 2016

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Financing activities
Proceeds from issue of share capital
Dividends paid

Net cash from financing activities

Investing activities
Amounts owed in respect of share issuance

Net cash used in investing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Notes 1 to 12 form part of the financial statements shown above.

McCarthy & Stone plc    115

Notes

8

6
6

6

2016 
£m

5.4

86.0
(5.4)

80.6

(86.0)

(86.0)

0.0

0.0

0.0

2015
 £m

0.0

–
–

–

–

–

0.0

0.0

0.0

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 2016116    McCarthy & Stone plc

Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements

1. Accounting policies
McCarthy & Stone plc is a limited liability company incorporated in England. The registered office is 4th Floor, 100 Holdenhurst 
Road, Bournemouth, Dorset, BH8 8AQ. The following accounting policies have been applied consistently in dealing with the items 
that are considered material in relation to the financial statements, on an ongoing basis and in accordance with the Companies 
Act 2006.

Basis of preparation
The Company financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost accounting rules and in accordance with 
applicable UK Accounting Standards.

Under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 the Company is exempt from the requirement to present its own profit and loss 
account. The Company recorded a profit for the year of £1.7m (2015: £nil).

The principal accounting policies adopted are set out below.

Adoption of Financial Reporting Standard (FRS) 102 
Following the publication of FRS 100 ‘Application of Financial Reporting Requirements by the Financial Reporting Council’, the 
Company is required to change its accounting framework for its Parent Company financial statements, which is currently UK 
GAAP. The Company has adopted FRS 102 ‘The Financial Reporting Framework’ for its Parent Company financial statements. 
Details of the transition to FRS 102 are disclosed in note 12.

No disclosure exemptions have been applied in the preparation of the Company financial statements.

Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in Group undertakings are included in the Statement of Financial Position at cost less any provision for impairment.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash and short-term bank deposits with an original maturity of three months or less, net of 
outstanding bank overdrafts.

Share-based payments
The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value at the date at which they are 
granted and is recognised as an expense over the vesting period. In valuing equity-settled transactions, no account is taken of any 
non-market-based vesting conditions and no expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest as a result of a failure to 
satisfy a non-market-based vesting condition.

The cost of cash-settled transactions is measured at fair value. Fair value is estimated initially at the grant date and at each reporting 
period end thereafter until the awards are settled. Market-based conditions are taken into account when determining fair value.

Further details regarding the Schemes are set out in note 32 to the consolidated financial statements.

Dividend distribution
Dividend distributions to McCarthy & Stone’s shareholders are recognised in the Company’s financial statements in the periods in 
which the final dividends are approved at the Annual General Meeting, or when paid in the case of an interim dividend.

Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Company’s Statement of Financial Position when the Company 
becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Financial assets
All financial assets are normally recognised and derecognised on the date that an agreement has been entered into where the 
purchase or sale of a financial asset is under a contract whose terms require delivery of the financial asset within the timeframe 
established by the market concerned. They are initially measured at fair value, plus transaction costs, except for those financial 
assets classified as at fair value through profit or loss, which are initially measured at fair value.

Financial assets are classified as ‘loans and receivables’. The classification depends on the nature and purpose of the financial 
assets and is determined at the time of initial recognition.

Loans and receivables
Trade receivables, loans and other receivables that have fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market 
are classified as ‘loans and receivables’. Loans and receivables are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method, less any impairment. Interest income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate, except for short-term 
receivables when the recognition of interest would be immaterial.

Financial liabilities and equity
Debt and equity instruments are classified as either financial liabilities or as equity in accordance with the substance of the 
contractual arrangement. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    117

1. Accounting policies continued
Equity instruments
An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of an entity after deducting all of its liabilities. 
Equity instruments issued by the Company are recognised at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

Financial liabilities 
Financial liabilities are classified as ‘other financial liabilities’.

Other financial liabilities 
Other financial liabilities, including borrowings, are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs.

Other financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, with interest expense 
recognised on an effective yield basis.

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial liability and of allocating interest expense 
over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments through the 
expected life of the financial liability, or, where appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount on initial recognition.

Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new ordinary shares or options are 
shown in equity as a deduction from the proceeds

Related parties
The Company discloses transactions with related parties which are not wholly owned within the same Group. Where appropriate, 
transactions of a similar nature are aggregated unless, in the opinion of the Directors, separate disclosure is necessary to 
understand the effect of the transactions on the financial statements.

2. Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
In the application of the Company’s accounting policies, which are described in note 1, the Directors are required to make 
judgements, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from 
other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are 
considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised 
in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future 
periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

Critical judgements in applying the Company’s accounting policies
The following are the critical judgements that the Directors have made in the process of applying the Company’s accounting 
policies and that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements.

Share-based payments
Assumptions are made in determining the fair value of employee services received in exchange for the grant of options under 
share-based payment awards at the date of grant. Assumptions are around lapse rates, share performance and the expected 
outcome of performance conditions.

3. Staff costs
The Company had no employees during the period covered by these financial statements. Costs relating to time incurred by 
Directors for Group activities are recharged to McCarthy & Stone plc.

4. Investments in subsidiaries

Cost

1 September
Additions

31 August

Net book value

2016 
£m

419.7
19.7

439.4

439.4

2015 
£m

419.7
–

419.7

419.7

Investments in subsidiary undertakings relate to a 100% ownership interest in McCarthy & Stone (Developments) Limited.

The Group’s subsidiary undertakings for the period that are significant for the period and traded during the period are listed  
in note 33 to the consolidated financial statements.

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 2016118    McCarthy & Stone plc

Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements 
continued
5. Trade and other receivables

Amounts falling due within one year:
Other receivables and prepayments 
Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

2016 
£m

–
104.3

104.3

2015 
£m

0.1
17.4

17.5

Amounts repayable from McCarthy & Stone Retirement Lifestyles Limited are repayable on demand and carry interest of 2.2% at 
the year end date; this was amended from 3.5% within the year (2015: nil%).

6. Shareholders’ funds
The movements of the share capital, share premium and equity reserve accounts are disclosed in note 26 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

Dividends within the year are disclosed within note 26 to the consolidated financial statements. 

7. Trade and other payables

Amounts falling due within one year:
Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

2016 
£m

5.6

5.6

2015 
£m

2.2

2.2

Amounts payable to McCarthy & Stone (Developments) Limited are repayable on demand and carry interest of 2.2% at the year 
end date; this was amended from 3.5% within the year (2015: nil%).

8. Notes to the cash flow statement

Profit for the financial year
Adjustments for:
Interest income
Share option charge
Income tax expense

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital

(Increase) in trade and other receivables
Increase in trade and other payables

Operating cash flows before interest and tax paid

Interest received
Tax paid

Cash generated by operations

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash and cash equivalents:
Cash and bank balances

Notes

5
7

2016 
£m

1.7

(2.6)
1.1
0.4

0.6

(0.8)
3.4

3.2

2.6
(0.4)

5.4

5.4

2016 
£m

0.0

0.0

2015 
£m

–

–
–
–

–

(2.2)
2.2

–

–
–

–

–

2015 
£m

0.0

0.0

9. Share-based payments
Following the IPO of the Company in November 2015, the Company entered into new share incentive plans. Details of share 
awards granted by the Company to employees of subsidiaries, and that remain outstanding at the year end over the Company’s 
shares, are set out in note 32 to the consolidated financial statements. 

The Company recognised an expense of £1.1m relating to equity-settled share-based payment transactions in the year (2015: £nil), 
this is recharged to Group companies.

Annual Report and Accounts 201610. Financial instruments 
The Company has the following financial instruments:

Financial assets
Loans and receivables measured at amortised cost:
  Trade and other receivables
  Cash and bank balances

Financial liabilities
Loans and payables measured at amortised cost:
  Trade and other payables

McCarthy & Stone plc    119

2016 
£m

2015 
£m

104.3
0.0

104.3

17.5
0.0

17.5

(5.6)

(5.6)

(2.2)

(2.2)

The Company has no derivative financial instruments. The fair value of the financial instruments is equal to their carrying values.

11. Related party transactions
The Company is exempt from disclosing related party transactions with other companies that are wholly owned within the Group. 
See note 34 to the consolidated financial statements. 

Remuneration to key management personnel has been disclosed within note 34 to the consolidated financial statements. 

12. Explanation of transition to FRS 102
For all periods up to and including the year ended 31 August 2015, the Company prepared its financial statements in accordance 
with UK GAAP. As stated in note 1, these financial statements for the year ended 31 August 2016 are the first the Company is 
required to prepare in accordance with FRS 102.

Accordingly, the Company has prepared financial statements which comply with FRS 102 applicable for periods beginning on or 
after 1 September 2014 and the significant accounting policies meeting those requirements are described in note 1 and which 
have been consistently applied throughout the period.

As a consequence of adopting FRS 102, the following accounting policy has changed to comply with that standard: 

Amounts owed to/by Group undertakings: Under UK GAAP these balances were held at the net proceeds value received. Under 
FRS 102 amounts owed to Group undertakings will initially be recognised at the transaction value and subsequently at amortised 
cost. Due to the balances not having a set repayment date, and therefore being current balances the amortised costs are deemed 
to equal the value recorded at the transaction date, and therefore there will be no adjustment required to comply with FRS 102.

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 2016120    McCarthy & Stone plc

General Company Information

McCarthy & Stone plc is registered in England and Wales, registered number 6622199.

Our offices
Registered Office
4th Floor 
100 Holdenhurst Road
Bournemouth
Dorset
BH8 8AQ

Southern
Southern House
1 Embankment Way
Ringwood
Hants
BH24 1EU

South West
First Floor
Blackbrook Gate
1 Blackbrook Park Avenue
Taunton
TA1 2PX

Tel: 01202 292480

Tel: 01425 322001

Tel: 01823 200500

North East
Aspen House
Wykeham Road
Northminster Business Park
Upper Poppleton
York
YO26 6QW

North West
Unit 3 Edward Court
Altrincham Business Park
Altrincham
Cheshire
WA14 5GL

West Midlands
Ross House
Binley Business Park
Harry Weston Road
Coventry 
CV3 2TR

Tel: 01904 444200

Tel: 0161 941 6255

Tel: 02476 441199

East Midlands
Orion House
Orion Way
Kettering
NN15 6PE

Scotland
Unit 11000 
Academy Park
Gower Street
Glasgow
G51 1PR

South East
2 Genesis Business Park
Albert Drive
Woking
Surrey 
GU21 5RW

Tel: 01536 220700

Tel: 0141 420 8300

Tel: 01483 908600

North London
Prospect Place
85 Great North Road
Hatfield
AL9 5DA

Tel: 01707 446000

Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements 
Some of the information in this document may contain forward-looking statements regarding McCarthy & Stone plc and 
its subsidiaries (the Group). You may be able to identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “expect”, “believe”, 
“anticipate”, “estimate”, “intend”, “will”, “could”, “may” or “might”, the negative of such terms or other similar expressions 
or by discussions of strategy, plans, objectives, goals, future events or intentions. These forward-looking statements 
include all matters that are not historical facts. McCarthy & Stone plc (the Company) wishes to caution you that actual 
events or results may differ materially from those anticipated. The forward-looking statements reflect knowledge and 
information available at the date of preparation of this document and the Company undertakes no obligation to update 
these statements to reflect events and circumstances occurring after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of 
unanticipated events. Many factors could cause the actual results to differ materially from those contained in forward-
looking statements of the Group, including among others, general economic conditions, the competitive environment 
as well as many other risks specifically related to the Group and its operations. Past performance of the Group cannot 
be relied on as a guide to future performance. Nothing in this document should be construed as a profit forecast.

Annual Report and Accounts 2016McCarthy & Stone plc    121

Our advisers
Bankers
HSBC Bank plc
70 Pall Mall
London
SW1Y 5EZ

Joint corporate brokers
Deutsche Bank
UK Corporate Broking
Winchester House
1 Great Winchester Street
London
EC2N 2DB

Chartered accountants and  
statutory auditor
Deloitte LLP
Mountbatten House
1 Grosvenor Square 
Southampton
SO15 2BZ

Joint corporate brokers
Peel Hunt 
UK Corporate Broking
Moor House
120 London Wall
London
EC2Y 5ET

Financial advisers
Rothschild
New Court
St Swithin’s Lane
London
EC4N 8AL

Financial and corporate 
communications
Powerscourt
1 Tudor Street
London
EC4Y 0AH

Our ordinary shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange. 
Ticker symbol:  MCS
ISIN: 

GB00BYNVD082

Registrar
Capita Asset Services
The Registry
34 Beckenham Road
Beckenham
Kent
BR3 4TU

Tel (from the UK): 0871 664 0300 (calls cost 10p per minute, plus any network extras; lines are open Monday to Friday from 9am 
to 5.30pm, excluding UK public holidays)

Tel (from outside the UK): +44 208 639 3399

Email: shareholderenquiries@capita.co.uk 

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 2016122    McCarthy & Stone plc

Glossary

‘Adjusted EPS’

FY15 EPS has been adjusted to reflect the 4:1 share 
consolidation that took place in FY16

‘Capital turn’ 

calculated by dividing revenue by the average opening and 
closing tangible gross asset value in the year

‘CGU’ 

‘DCLG’ 

‘EPS’ 

‘FRI’ 

cash-generating unit

the Department for Communities and Local Government

earnings per share, being profit attributable to ordinary 
shareholders (excluding exceptional items and deferred tax rate 
changes) divided by the weighted average number of ordinary 
shares in issue during the financial year

freehold reversionary interest being the freehold of each of the 
Group’s developments in England and Wales which include the 
future income stream of ground rents

‘FTSE Index’ 

the Financial Times Stock Exchange Index

‘Gearing’ 

gearing is calculated by dividing net debt/cash by net assets

‘HBF’ 

‘IPO’ 

Home Builders Federation 

Initial Public Offering

‘Land bank’ 

includes owned sites and exchanged sites

‘LIBOR’ 

‘MSMS’ 

‘Net ASP’ 

the London interbank offered rate

McCarthy & Stone Management Services Limited – a wholly-
owned subsidiary of the Company that provides management 
services to homeowners in the Group’s Retirement Living and 
Ortus Homes developments

net average selling price – the average price agreed for sales of 
apartments in the year after deducting list price discounts, part 
exchange top-ups and other incentives

‘Net assets’ 

net assets is calculated as total assets less total liabilities

‘Net debt/cash’ 

cash and cash equivalents less long-term and short-term 
borrowings (excluding unamortised debt issue costs)

‘NHBC’ 

‘ROCE’ 

‘TGAV’ 

‘TNAV’ 

‘YLMS’ 

National House Building Council

return on capital employed – calculated by dividing underlying 
operating profit by the average opening and closing tangible 
gross asset value in the year

tangible gross asset value – calculated as TNAV less  
net debt/cash

tangible net asset value – calculated as net assets excluding 
goodwill and intangible assets

YourLife Management Services Limited – owned 50/50 by 
MSMS and Somerset Care Group Limited, that provides 
management services, domestic assistance, personal care  
and additional support to homeowners in the Group’s Assisted 
Living developments

Annual Report and Accounts 2016Notes

McCarthy & Stone plc    123

www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.ukSTRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual Report and Accounts 2016124    McCarthy & Stone plc

Notes

Annual Report and Accounts 2016M

c

C

a

r

t

h

y

&

S

t

o

n

e

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

6

w

w

w

.

m

c

c

a

r

t

h

y

a

n

d

s

t

o

n

e

g

r

o

u

p

.

c

o

.

u

k

4th Floor
100 Holdenhurst Road
Bournemouth
Dorset
BH8 8AQ

Tel: 01202 292480

Website:  www.mccarthyandstonegroup.co.uk
Email:  info@mccarthyandstone.co.uk

Twitter:  twitter.com/mccarthystone
Facebook:  facebook.com/mccarthystone

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
M
c
C
a
r
t
h
y
&
S
t
o
n
e
p
c
A
n
n
u
a

l

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

2
0
1
6

.

w
w
w
m
c
c
a
r
t
h
y
a
n
d
s
t
o
n
e
g
r
o
u
p
c
o
u
k

.

.